MIL-OSI NGOs: Israel-OPT: ‘Cold-blooded’ killing of prominent Palestinian West-Bank activist Awda Al-Hathaleen demands justice and accountability

Source: Amnesty International –

‘Awda Al-Hathaleen’s killing is not the first, but it must be the last’ – Erika Guevara Rosas

Reacting to the killing of Awda Al-Hathaleen, Amnesty International’s Senior Director for Research, Advocacy, Policy and Campaigns, Erika Guevara Rosas, said:

“The cold-blooded killing of Awda, a dedicated human rights defender and father of three young children, is a devastating tragedy and a brutal reminder of the relentless violence faced by Palestinian communities in the occupied West Bank.

“Awda Al-Hathaleen, who had recently warned UK Members of Parliament about threats to his life, was entitled to protection. His killing is the cruel consequence of Israel’s sustained policy of forcibly expulsing on of Palestinian communities in the occupied West Bank, including Masafer Yatta.

“The deliberate failure of Israeli authorities to conduct genuine and impartial investigations into settler attacks against Palestinians demands immediate and independent international investigations into this killing and other such attacks against Palestinians in the occupied West Bank, including East Jerusalem. Investigations must address the role of Israeli authorities, such as the Israeli police and military who directly contribute to or enable settler violence and routinely fail to prevent killings, assaults and other violations of Palestinians’ human rights.

“We demand justice for Awda Al-Hathaleen and an end to the systemic and deeply entrenched impunity that Israeli settlers and state authorities have enjoyed for far too long. Impunity for state-backed settler violence is fuelling further violence against Palestinians, who are left with no protection and no justice. Awda Al-Hathaleen’s killing is not the first, but it must be the last.”

Israeli settler violence

Yesterday, Awda was fatally shot. The incident occurred as state-backed settlers, accompanied by a bulldozer, were destroying a sewage pipeline and running over olive trees in Umm Al-Kheir in Massafer Yatta. When residents attempted to intervene, another resident of the village was injured by the same bulldozer, causing him severe concussion.

Today, Yinon Levy, a settler from an illegal outpost in the occupied West Bank and on EU and UK sanctions lists was arrested in relation to his alleged responsibility for the killing – after a court hearing, he was released to house-arrest. An initial Amnesty investigation had indicated that Levy was seen threatening residents with his gun, while armed Israeli police and soldiers were present. It remains unclear if others who may bear responsibility, including as accomplices in the killing have also been subject to investigation or arrest.

Since 7 October 2023, settler violence in the occupied West Bank has significantly increased, with human rights organisations consistently documenting the Israeli authorities’ failure to protect Palestinians and hold perpetrators accountable. This coercive environment, characterised by violence and institutionalised discrimination, deliberately drives Palestinians off their land, constituting the war crime of unlawful transfer. International leaders must exert pressure on Israel to cease its unlawful occupation and dismantle its system of apartheid against Palestinians, ensuring those who perpetuate crimes under international law and other human violations are held accountable.

MIL OSI NGO –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI: Medallion Bank Reports 2025 Second Quarter Results and Declares Series G Preferred Stock Dividend

Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

SALT LAKE CITY, July 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Medallion Bank (Nasdaq: MBNKO, the “Bank”), an FDIC-insured bank providing consumer loans for the purchase of recreational vehicles, boats, and home improvements, along with loan origination services to fintech strategic partners, announced today its results for the quarter ended June 30, 2025. The Bank is a wholly owned subsidiary of Medallion Financial Corp. (Nasdaq: MFIN).

2025 Second Quarter Highlights

Net income of $17.3 million, compared to $15.0 million in the prior year quarter.
Net interest income of $53.9 million, compared to $50.2 million in the prior year quarter. Total non-interest income of $2.7 million, compared to $0.9 million in the prior year quarter.
Net interest margin of 8.54%, compared to 8.55% in the prior year quarter.
Total provision for credit losses was $18.7 million, compared to $18.2 million in the prior year quarter.
Annualized net charge-offs were 2.66% of average loans outstanding, compared to 2.31% in the prior year quarter.
Annualized return on assets and return on equity were 2.75% and 16.11%, respectively, compared to 2.57% and 16.77%, respectively, for the prior year period.
The total loan portfolio grew 1% from June 30, 2024 to $2.3 billion as of June 30, 2025.
Closed a public offering of 3,100,000 shares of Fixed-Rate Reset Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series G, par value $1.00 per share, with a liquidation amount of $25 per share and an aggregate liquidation amount of $77.5 million.
Total assets were $2.6 billion and the Tier 1 leverage ratio was 19.3% at June 30, 2025. The Series F preferred stock, which was redeemed on July 1, 2025, contributed 171 basis points to the Tier 1 leverage ratio as of June 30, 2025.

Donald Poulton, President and Chief Executive Officer of Medallion Bank, stated, “Earnings grew to $17.3 million in the second quarter, but the highlight for the quarter was secondary and capital market activity. As previously reported, we completed an initial sale of recreation loans, then completed a $77.5 million Series G preferred stock offering and announced the redemption of $46 million of our Series F preferred securities.

While demand for both recreation and home improvement loans recovered slightly from the first quarter, overall volumes remained moderate. Strategic partnership volumes continued to grow, reaching $169 million in the second quarter, 24% higher than the first quarter’s $136 million. Charge-offs were up from the prior year quarter and delinquency fell consistent with our seasonal pattern. Notably, the delinquency rate in our home improvement loan portfolio is now at its lowest level since the second quarter of 2023. We are pleased with our second quarter results and believe the added capital establishes a solid foundation for the rest of 2025 and beyond.”

Recreation Lending Segment

Excluding loans held for sale, the Bank’s recreation loan portfolio size fell 0.8% to $1.486 billion as of June 30, 2025, compared to $1.497 billion at June 30, 2024. Loan originations were $142.8 million, compared to $209.6 million in the prior year quarter.
On April 30, 2025, the Bank closed a sale of $52.8 million in recreation loans held for sale. The total proceeds received, which included the principal amount outstanding, a purchase premium and accrued but unpaid interest, were $55.9 million.
Recreation loans were 65% of loans receivable as of June 30, 2025, compared to 66% at June 30, 2024.
Net interest income was $39.8 million, compared to $37.6 million in the prior year quarter.
Delinquencies 30 days or more past due were $65.7 million, or 4.42%, of recreation loans as of June 30, 2025, compared to $54.3 million, or 3.63%, at June 30, 2024.
Annualized net charge-offs were 3.25% of average recreation loans outstanding, compared to 2.99% in the prior year quarter.
The provision for recreation credit losses was $15.3 million and the allowance for credit losses was 5.05% of the outstanding balance, compared to $15.8 million and 4.35% of the outstanding balance in the prior year quarter.

Home Improvement Lending Segment

The Bank’s home improvement loan portfolio grew 4% to $803.5 million as of June 30, 2025, compared to $773.2 million at June 30, 2024. Loan originations were $54.3 million, compared to $68.0 million in the prior year quarter.
Home improvement loans were 35% of loans receivable as of June 30, 2025, compared to 34% at June 30, 2024.
Net interest income was $13.6 million, compared to $12.1 million in the prior year quarter.
Delinquencies 30 days or more past due were $6.9 million, or 0.86%, of home improvement loans as of June 30, 2025, essentially unchanged from $6.9 million, or 0.90%, at June 30, 2024.
Annualized net charge-offs were 1.87% of average home improvement loans outstanding, compared to 1.49% in the prior year quarter.
The provision for home improvement credit losses was $3.9 million and the allowance for credit losses was 2.54% of the outstanding balance, compared to $3.3 million and 2.38% of the outstanding balance in the prior year quarter.

Series F Preferred Stock Dividend

The Series F Preferred Stock was fully redeemed on July 1, 2025, and no further dividends will be paid.

Series G Preferred Stock Dividend

On July 24, 2025, the Bank’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.80625 per share (calculated from date of issuance on May 22, 2025 through September 30, 2025) on the Bank’s Fixed-Rate Reset Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series G, which trades on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the ticker symbol “MBNKO.” The dividend is payable on October 1, 2025, to holders of record at the close of business on September 15, 2025.

About Medallion Bank

Medallion Bank specializes in providing consumer loans for the purchase of recreational vehicles, boats, and home improvements, along with loan origination services to fintech strategic partners. The Bank works directly with thousands of dealers, contractors and financial service providers serving their customers throughout the United States. Medallion Bank is a Utah-chartered, FDIC-insured industrial bank headquartered in Salt Lake City and is a wholly owned subsidiary of Medallion Financial Corp. (Nasdaq: MFIN).

For more information, visit www.medallionbank.com

Please note that this press release contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties relating to business performance, cash flow, costs, sales (including loan sales), net investment income, earnings, returns and growth. These statements are often, but not always, made through the use of words or phrases such as “remains,” “anticipated,” “continue,” “expect,” “may,” “maintain,” “potential” or the negative versions of these words or other comparable words or phrases of a future or forward-looking nature. These statements may relate to our future earnings, returns, capital levels, sources of funding, growth prospects, asset quality and pursuit and execution of our strategy. Medallion Bank’s actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed in such forward-looking statements. For a description of certain risks to which Medallion Bank is or may be subject, please refer to the factors discussed under the captions “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” included in Medallion Bank’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, and in its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, filed with the FDIC. Medallion Bank’s Form 10-K, Form 10-Qs and other FDIC filings are available in the Investor Relations section of Medallion Bank’s website. Medallion Bank’s financial results for any period are not necessarily indicative of Medallion Financial Corp.’s results for the same period.

Company Contact:
Investor Relations
212-328-2176
InvestorRelations@medallion.com

MEDALLION BANK STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
	Three Months Ended June 30,				Six Months Ended June 30,
(In thousands)		2025		2024		2025		2024
Interest income
Loan interest including fees	$	71,688	$	65,213	$	142,305	$	126,637
Investments		1,824		1,546		3,041		3,090
Total interest income		73,512		66,759		145,346		129,727
Interest expense		19,608		16,524		39,225		31,277
Net interest income		53,904		50,235		106,121		98,450
Provision for credit losses		18,697		18,190		37,735		35,192
Net interest income after provision for credit losses		35,207		32,045		68,386		63,258
Strategic partnership fees		787		480		1,472		806
Gain on sale of loans		1,304		—		1,304		—
Other non-interest income		603		389		1,599		665
Total non-interest income		2,694		869		4,375		1,471
Non-interest expense
Salaries and benefits		5,297		4,953		10,645		9,937
Loan servicing		3,293		3,049		6,447		5,916
Collection costs		1,697		1,569		3,189		2,974
Regulatory fees		1,109		888		1,930		1,865
Professional fees		592		385		1,202		817
Information technology		324		273		646		541
Occupancy and equipment		724		226		1,451		433
Other		1,093		1,059		2,003		1,809
Total non-interest expense		14,129		12,402		27,513		24,292
Income before income taxes		23,772		20,512		45,248		40,437
Provision for income taxes		6,468		5,476		12,305		10,922
Net income	$	17,304	$	15,036	$	32,943	$	29,515
Less: Preferred stock dividends		2,598		1,512		4,110		3,024
Net income attributable to common shareholder	$	14,706	$	13,524	$	28,833	$	26,491

MEDALLION BANK BALANCE SHEETS
	(UNAUDITED)						(UNAUDITED)
(In thousands)	June 30, 2025			December 31, 2024			June 30, 2024
Assets
Cash and federal funds sold	$	117,345		$	126,196		$	119,457
Investment securities, available-for-sale		61,529			54,805			55,830
Loans held for sale, at the lower of amortized cost or fair value		72,490			128,226			—

Loan receivables, inclusive of net deferred loan acquisition cost and fees		2,289,583			2,249,614			2,274,740
Allowance for credit losses		(95,462	)		(91,638	)		(84,213	)
Loans, net		2,194,121			2,157,976			2,190,527
Loan collateral in process of foreclosure		3,414			3,326			3,103
Fixed assets and right-of-use lease assets, net		7,972			9,126			8,850
Deferred tax assets		14,647			14,036			12,866
Accrued interest receivable		15,124			15,083			13,203
Other assets		85,417			40,325			39,556
Total assets	$	2,572,059		$	2,549,099		$	2,443,392
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Liabilities
Deposits	$	2,009,176		$	2,090,071		$	2,006,782
Short-term borrowings		40,000			35,000			25,000
Accrued interest payable		3,065			5,586			5,281
Income tax payable ⁽¹⁾		26,734			17,951			21,127
Other liabilities		18,406			17,204			17,983
Due to affiliates		1,037			910			983
Total liabilities		2,098,418			2,166,722			2,077,156
Shareholders’ Equity
Series E preferred stock		26,303			26,303			26,303
Series F preferred stock		42,485			42,485			42,485
Series G preferred stock		73,126			—			—
Common stock		1,000			1,000			1,000
Additional paid in capital		77,500			77,500			77,500
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax		(3,931	)		(4,480	)		(4,578	)
Retained earnings		257,158			239,569			223,526
Total shareholders’ equity		473,641			382,377			366,236
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	2,572,059		$	2,549,099		$	2,443,392
(1) The majority of income tax payable is payable to Medallion Financial Corp.

The MIL Network –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI: Columbia Financial, Inc. Announces Financial Results for the Second Quarter Ended June 30, 2025

Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

FAIR LAWN, N.J., July 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Columbia Financial, Inc. (the “Company”) (NASDAQ: CLBK), the mid-tier holding company for Columbia Bank (“Columbia”), reported net income of $12.3 million, or $0.12 per basic and diluted share, for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, as compared to $4.5 million, or $0.04 per basic and diluted share, for the quarter ended June 30, 2024. Earnings for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 reflected higher net interest income due to both an increase in interest income and a decrease in interest expense, higher non-interest income and a decrease in non-interest expense, partially offset by higher income tax expense.

For the six months ended June 30, 2025, the Company reported net income of $21.2 million, or $0.21 per basic and diluted share, as compared to $3.4 million, or $0.03 per basic and diluted share, for the six months ended June 30, 2024. Earnings for the six months ended June 30, 2025 reflected higher net interest income due to both an increase in interest income and a decrease in interest expense, a decrease in provision for credit losses and higher non-interest income, and a decrease in non-interest expense, partially offset by higher income tax expense.

Mr. Thomas J. Kemly, President and Chief Executive Officer commented: “We are pleased with our results for the second quarter of 2025, which reflect a substantial increase in earnings and the continued expansion of our net interest margin resulting from our previously announced strategies. During the quarter, we also experienced solid loan growth, complemented by the purchase of approximately $130.9 million in commercial equipment finance loans. Assets and deposits continued to increase throughout the 2025 period, and we reduced our overall operating costs.”

Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended June 30, 2025 and June 30, 2024

Net income of $12.3 million was recorded for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, an increase of $7.8 million, as compared to net income of $4.5 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024. The increase in net income was primarily attributable to a $9.6 million increase in net interest income, a $993,000 increase in non-interest income and a $1.3 million decrease in non-interest expense, partially offset by a $3.9 million increase in income tax expense.

Net interest income was $53.7 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, an increase of $9.6 million, or 21.8%, from $44.1 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024. The increase in net interest income was primarily attributable to a $3.2 million increase in interest income and a $6.4 million decrease in interest expense on deposits and borrowings. The increase in interest income was primarily due to an increase in the average balance of loans coupled with an increase in average yields on loans and securities. During the fourth quarter of 2024 the Company implemented a balance sheet repositioning transaction which resulted in an increase in the average yield on securities and a decrease in the cost of borrowings, which had a notable impact on net interest income for the quarter ended June 30, 2025. The 100 basis point decrease in market interest rates during the last four months of 2024 contributed to lower interest rates paid on new and repricing deposits and borrowings during the quarter ended June 30, 2025. Prepayment penalties, which are included in interest income on loans, totaled $615,000 for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, compared to $436,000 for the quarter ended June 30, 2024.

The average yield on loans for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 increased 3 basis points to 4.96%, as compared to 4.93% for the quarter ended June 30, 2024. Interest income on loans increased due to an increase in both the average balance and yield on loans. The average yield on securities for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 increased 66 basis points to 3.55%, as compared to 2.89% for the quarter ended June 30, 2024. This was a result of lower yielding securities sold as part of the balance sheet repositioning transaction implemented in the fourth quarter of 2024 being replaced with higher yielding securities purchased in 2024 and throughout the six months ended June 30, 2025. The average yield on other interest-earning assets for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 decreased 114 basis points to 5.16%, as compared to 6.30% for the quarter ended June 30, 2024, mainly due to a 150 basis point decrease in the dividend rate received on Federal Home Loan Bank stock.

Total interest expense was $62.8 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, a decrease of $6.4 million, or 9.3%, from $69.2 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024. The decrease in interest expense was primarily attributable to a 19 basis point decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing deposits along with a 52 basis point decrease in the average cost of borrowings, coupled with a decrease in the average balance of borrowings, partially offset by an increase in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits. Interest expense on deposits decreased $482,000, or 1.0%, and interest expense on borrowings decreased $5.9 million, or 30.6% for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 as compared to the quarter ended June 30, 2024.

The Company’s net interest margin for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 increased 38 basis points to 2.19% when compared to 1.81%, due to an increase in the average yield on interest-earning assets coupled with a decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities. The weighted average yield on interest-earning assets increased 11 basis points to 4.75% for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 as compared to 4.64% for the quarter ended June 30, 2024. The average cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 31 basis points to 3.18% for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 as compared to 3.49% for the quarter ended June 30, 2024.

Non-interest income was $10.2 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, an increase of $993,000, or 10.8%, from $9.2 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $425,000 in demand deposit account fees mainly related to commercial account treasury services, an increase of $366,000 in loan fees and service charges related to swap income, gains on securities transactions of $336,000, and a $281,000 gain on the sale of real estate owned, partially offset by a decrease of $693,000 in other non-interest income. The gain on the sale of other real estate owned resulted from the sale of a commercial real estate property acquired by foreclosure in 2024 with a book value of $1.3 million which was sold in June 2025.

Non-interest expense was $44.9 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, a decrease of $1.3 million, or 2.9%, from $46.2 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024. The decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in professional fees of $1.0 million, as legal, regulatory, and compliance-related costs were higher in the 2024 period, a decrease in merger-related expenses of $692,000, and a decrease in other non-interest expense of $798,000.

Income tax expense was $4.2 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, an increase of $3.9 million, as compared to income tax expense of $279,000 for the quarter ended June 30, 2024, mainly due to an increase in pre-tax income. The Company’s effective tax rate was 25.4% and 5.8% for the quarters ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The effective tax rate for the 2024 period was primarily impacted by permanent income tax differences.

Results of Operations for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2025 and June 30, 2024

Net income of $21.2 million was recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2025, an increase of $17.8 million, or 526.4%, compared to net income of $3.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024. The increase in net income was primarily attributable to a $17.7 million increase in net interest income, a $2.1 million decrease in provision for credit losses, a $2.0 million increase in non-interest income and a $3.2 million decrease in non-interest expense, partially offset by a $7.2 million increase in income tax expense.

Net interest income was $104.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, an increase of $17.7 million, or 20.6%, from $86.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024. The increase in net interest income was primarily attributable to a $6.7 million increase in interest income and a $11.0 million decrease in interest expense on deposits and borrowings. The increase in interest income was primarily due to an increase in the average balance of loans coupled with an increase in the average yields on loans and securities. During the fourth quarter of 2024 the Company implemented a balance sheet repositioning transaction which resulted in an increase in the average yield on securities and a decrease in the cost of borrowings, which had a notable impact on net interest income for the six months ended June 30, 2025. The 100 basis point decrease in market interest rates during the last four months of 2024 contributed to a decrease in interest rates paid on new and repricing deposits and borrowings during the six months ended June 30, 2025. The decrease in interest expense on borrowings was also impacted by a decrease in the average balance of borrowings and the decrease in the cost of new borrowings. Prepayment penalties, which are included in interest income on loans, totaled $872,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared to $703,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2024.

The average yield on loans for the six months ended June 30, 2025 increased 6 basis points to 4.92%, as compared to 4.86% for the six months ended June 30, 2024. Interest income on loans increased due to an increase in both the average balance and yield on loans. The average yield on securities for the six months ended June 30, 2025 increased 73 basis points to 3.50%, as compared to 2.77% for the six months ended June 30, 2024. This was a result of lower yielding securities sold as part of the balance sheet repositioning transaction implemented in the fourth quarter of 2024 being replaced with higher yielding securities purchased in 2024 and throughout the six months ended June 30, 2025. The average yield on other interest-earning assets for the six months ended June 30, 2025 decreased 72 basis points to 5.47%, as compared to 6.19% for the six months ended June 30, 2024, due to lower dividends received on Federal Home Loan Bank stock.

Total interest expense was $124.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, a decrease of $11.0 million, or 8.1%, from $135.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024. The decrease in interest expense was primarily attributable to a 10 basis point decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing deposits along with a 53 basis point decrease in the average cost of borrowings coupled with a decrease in the average balance of borrowings. Interest expense on deposits increased $1.2 million, or 1.3%, and interest expense on borrowings decreased $12.3 million, or 32.8% for the six months ended June 30, 2025 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2024.

The Company’s net interest margin for the six months ended June 30, 2025 increased 37 basis points to 2.15%, when compared to 1.78% for the six months ended June 30, 2024. The net interest margin increased for the six months ended June 30, 2025, due to an increase in the average yield on interest-earning assets coupled with a decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities. The weighted average yield on interest-earning assets increased 15 basis points to 4.72% for the six months ended June 30, 2025, as compared to 4.57% for the six months ended June 30, 2024. The average cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 25 basis points to 3.19% for the six months ended June 30, 2025, as compared to 3.44% for the six months ended June 30, 2024.

The provision for credit losses for the six months ended June 30, 2025 was $5.4 million, a decrease of $2.1 million, or 27.7% from $7.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024. The decrease in provision for credit losses was primarily attributable to a decrease in net charge-offs, which totaled $4.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025 as compared to $5.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024, and a decrease in quantitative loss rates based on the evaluation of current and projected economic conditions.

Non-interest income was $18.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, an increase of $2.0 million, or 12.1%, from $16.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in gain on securities transactions of $1.6 million, an increase of $900,000 in demand deposit account fees mainly related to commercial account treasury services, an increase of $461,000 in loan fees and service charges related to swap income and a $281,000 gain on the sale of real estate owned, partially offset by a decrease of $2.0 million in other non-interest income.

Non-interest expense was $88.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, a decrease of $3.2 million, or 3.4% from $91.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024. The decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in federal deposit insurance premiums of $615,000, a decrease in professional fees of $3.1 million, a decrease in merger-related expenses of $714,000 and a decrease in other non-interest expense of $1.3 million, partially offset by an increase in compensation and employee benefits expense of $2.3 million. Professional fees for legal, regulatory and compliance-related costs decreased in the 2025 period.

Income tax expense was $7.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, an increase of $7.2 million, as compared to income tax expense of $150,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2024, mainly due to an increase in pre-tax income. The Company’s effective tax rate was 25.6% and 4.2% for the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The effective tax rate for the 2024 period was impacted by permanent income tax differences.

Balance Sheet Summary

Total assets increased $263.5 million, or 2.5%, to $10.7 billion at June 30, 2025 as compared to $10.5 billion at December 31, 2024. The increase in total assets was primarily attributable to an increase in debt securities available for sale of $31.0 million, and an increase in loans receivable, net, of $254.1 million, partially offset by a decrease in cash and cash equivalents of $41.0 million.

Cash and cash equivalents decreased $41.0 million, or 14.2%, to $248.2 million at June 30, 2025 from $289.2 million at December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily attributable to purchases of securities of $159.3 million, purchases of loans of $150.9 million and the origination of loans receivable, partially offset by proceeds from principal repayments on securities of $98.5 million, and repayments on loans receivable.

Debt securities available for sale increased $31.0 million, or 3.0%, to $1.1 billion at June 30, 2025 from $1.0 billion at December 31, 2024. The increase was attributable to purchases of securities of $126.0 million, consisting primarily of U.S. government obligations and mortgage-backed securities, and a decrease in the gross unrealized loss on securities of $22.1 million, partially offset by maturities on securities of $28.5 million, repayments on securities of $73.6 million, and the sale of securities of $15.7 million.

Loans receivable, net, increased $254.1 million, or 3.2%, to $8.1 billion at June 30, 2025 from $7.9 billion at December 31, 2024. Multifamily loans, commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans increased $118.1 million, $177.8 million, and $104.5 million, respectively, partially offset by decreases in one-to-four family real estate loans, construction loans and home equity loans and advances of $81.6 million, $58.2 million, and $2.6 million, respectively. The increase in commercial business loans was primarily due to the purchase of $130.9 million in equipment finance loans from a third party in May 2025, at a $3.2 million discount, which included $5.1 million of purchased credit deteriorated loans (“PCD”). The principal balance of the PCD loans was charged-off by $3.2 million. The allowance for credit losses for loans increased $4.5 million to $64.5 million at June 30, 2025 from $60.0 million at December 31, 2024, primarily due to an increase in the outstanding balance of loans.

Total liabilities increased $223.2 million, or 2.4%, to $9.6 billion at June 30, 2025 from $9.4 billion at December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in total deposits of $39.3 million, or 0.5%, and an increase in borrowings of $192.0 million, or 17.8%, partially offset by a decrease in other liabilities of $12.2 million. The increase in total deposits consisted of increases in non-interest-bearing demand deposits, money market accounts and certificates of deposit of $1.9 million, $114.0 million, and $80.2 million, respectively, partially offset by decreases in interest-bearing demand deposits and savings and club accounts of $149.0 million and $7.7 million, respectively. The $192.0 million increase in borrowings was driven by a net increase in short-term borrowings of $122.0 million, coupled with new long-term borrowings of $130.0 million, partially offset by repayments of $60.0 million in maturing long-term borrowings. Proceeds from borrowings were utilized to fund the purchase of $130.9 million in equipment finance loans from a third party in May 2025.

Total stockholders’ equity increased $40.3 million, or 3.7%, with a balance of $1.1 billion at both June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024. The increase in total stockholders’ equity was primarily attributable to net income of $21.2 million, and an increase of $15.3 million in other comprehensive income, which includes changes in unrealized losses on debt securities available for sale and unrealized gains on swap contracts, net of taxes, included in other comprehensive income.

Asset Quality

The Company’s non-performing loans at June 30, 2025 totaled $39.5 million, or 0.49% of total gross loans, as compared to $21.7 million, or 0.28% of total gross loans, at December 31, 2024. The $17.8 million increase in non-performing loans was primarily attributable to a $5.9 million construction loan designated as non-performing during the 2025 period, an increase in non-performing one-to-four family real estate loans of $2.6 million, an increase in non-performing commercial real estate loans of $7.5 million, and an increase in non-performing commercial business loans of $1.3 million. The $5.9 million non-performing construction loan represents the construction of a mixed use five-story building with both commercial space and apartments. The increase in non-performing one-to-four family real estate loans was due to an increase in the number of loans from 32 non-performing loans at December 31, 2024 to 43 loans at June 30, 2025. The increase in non-performing commercial real estate loans was due to an increase in the number of loans from four non-performing loans at December 31, 2024 to 14 loans at June 30, 2025. The increase in non-performing commercial business loans was due to an increase in the number of loans from 11 non-performing loans at December 31, 2024 to 16 loans at June 30, 2025. Non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets totaled 0.37% at June 30, 2025, as compared to 0.22% at December 31, 2024.

For the quarter ended June 30, 2025, net charge-offs totaled approximately $3.2 million, as compared to $533,000 in net charge-offs recorded for the quarter ended June 30, 2024. For the six months ended June 30, 2025, net charge-offs totaled $4.1 million as compared to $5.5 million in net charge-offs recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2024. Charge-offs for the three and six months ended June 30, 2025 included $3.2 million in charge-offs related to PCD loans included in the equipment finance loan purchase noted above.

The Company’s allowance for credit losses on loans was $64.5 million, or 0.79% of total gross loans, at June 30, 2025, compared to $60.0 million, or 0.76% of total gross loans, at December 31, 2024. The increase in the allowance for credit losses for loans was primarily due to an increase in the outstanding balance of loans.

About Columbia Financial, Inc.

The consolidated financial results include the accounts of Columbia Financial, Inc., its wholly-owned subsidiary Columbia Bank (the “Bank”) and the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries. Columbia Financial, Inc. is a Delaware corporation organized as Columbia Bank’s mid-tier stock holding company. Columbia Financial, Inc. is a majority-owned subsidiary of Columbia Bank, MHC. Columbia Bank is a federally chartered savings bank headquartered in Fair Lawn, New Jersey that operates 69 full-service banking offices and offers traditional financial services to consumers and businesses in its market area.

Forward Looking Statements

Certain statements herein constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Exchange Act and are intended to be covered by the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements may be identified by words such as “believes,” “will,” “would,” “expects,” “projects,” “may,” “could,” “developments,” “strategic,” “launching,” “opportunities,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “plans,” “targets” and similar expressions. These statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of the Company’s management and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements as a result of numerous factors. Factors that could cause such differences to exist include, but are not limited to, adverse conditions in the capital and debt markets and the impact of such conditions on the Company’s business activities; changes in interest rates, higher inflation and their impact on national and local economic conditions; changes in monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Treasury, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and other governmental entities; the impact of tariffs, sanctions and other trade policies of the United States and its global trading counterparts; the impact of legal, judicial and regulatory proceedings or investigations, competitive pressures from other financial institutions; the effects of general economic conditions on a national basis or in the local markets in which the Company operates, including changes that adversely affect a borrowers’ ability to service and repay the Company’s loans; the effect of acts of terrorism, war or pandemics, including on our credit quality and business operations, as well as its impact on general economic and financial market conditions; changes in the value of securities in the Company’s portfolio; changes in loan default and charge-off rates; fluctuations in real estate values; the adequacy of loan loss reserves; decreases in deposit levels necessitating increased borrowing to fund loans and securities; legislative changes and changes in government regulation; changes in accounting standards and practices; the risk that goodwill and intangibles recorded in the Company’s consolidated financial statements will become impaired; cyber-attacks, computer viruses and other technological risks that may breach the security of our systems and allow unauthorized access to confidential information; the inability of third party service providers to perform; demand for loans in the Company’s market area; the Company’s ability to attract and maintain deposits and effectively manage liquidity; risks related to the implementation of acquisitions, dispositions, and restructurings; the successful implementation of our December 2024 balance sheet repositioning transaction; the risk that the Company may not be successful in the implementation of its business strategy, or its integration of acquired financial institutions and businesses, and changes in assumptions used in making such forward-looking statements which are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to, those set forth in Item 1A of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and those set forth in the Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, all as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), which are available at the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov. Should one or more of these risks materialize or should underlying beliefs or assumptions prove incorrect, the Company’s actual results could differ materially from those discussed. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this release. The Company disclaims any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect changes in underlying assumptions or factors, new information, future events or other changes, except as required by law.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Reported amounts are presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). This press release also contains certain supplemental non-GAAP information that the Company’s management uses in its analysis of the Company’s financial results. Specifically, the Company provides measures based on what it believes are its operating earnings on a consistent basis and excludes material non-routine operating items which affect the GAAP reporting of results of operations. The Company’s management believes that providing this information to analysts and investors allows them to better understand and evaluate the Company’s core financial results for the periods presented. Because non-GAAP financial measures are not standardized, it may not be possible to compare these financial measures with other companies’ non-GAAP financial measures having the same or similar names.

The Company also provides measurements and ratios based on tangible stockholders’ equity. These measures are commonly utilized by regulators and market analysts to evaluate a company’s financial condition and, therefore, the Company’s management believes that such information is useful to investors.

A reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP financial measures are included at the end of this press release. See “Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures”.


COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition (In thousands)

	June 30,		December 31,
	2025		2024
Assets	(Unaudited)
Cash and due from banks	$	248,113	$	289,113
Short-term investments		111		110
Total cash and cash equivalents		248,224		289,223

Debt securities available for sale, at fair value		1,056,950		1,025,946
Debt securities held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $368,232, and $350,153 at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively)		402,159		392,840
Equity securities, at fair value		7,253		6,673
Federal Home Loan Bank stock		68,663		60,387

Loans receivable		8,175,499		7,916,928
Less: allowance for credit losses		64,467		59,958
Loans receivable, net		8,111,032		7,856,970

Accrued interest receivable		41,161		40,383
Office properties and equipment, net		82,176		81,772
Bank-owned life insurance		278,756		274,908
Goodwill and intangible assets		120,003		121,008
Other real estate owned		—		1,334
Other assets		322,651		324,049
Total assets	$	10,739,028	$	10,475,493

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Liabilities:
Deposits	$	8,135,483	$	8,096,149
Borrowings		1,272,578		1,080,600
Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance		49,525		45,453
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		160,734		172,915
Total liabilities		9,618,320		9,395,117

Stockholders’ equity:
Total stockholders’ equity		1,120,708		1,080,376
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	10,739,028	$	10,475,493

COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES Consolidated Statements of Income (In thousands, except per share data)

	Three Months Ended June 30,					Six Months Ended June 30,
	2025			2024		2025		2024
Interest income:	(Unaudited)					(Unaudited)
Loans receivable	$	99,646		$	95,252	$	194,756	$	188,201
Debt securities available for sale and equity securities		10,301			9,241		20,043		17,026
Debt securities held to maturity		2,922			2,502		5,733		4,871
Federal funds and interest-earning deposits		2,443			4,459		5,301		8,022
Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends		1,179			1,832		2,821		3,793
Total interest income		116,491			113,286		228,654		221,913
Interest expense:
Deposits		49,344			49,826		99,489		98,244
Borrowings		13,444			19,380		25,137		37,389
Total interest expense		62,788			69,206		124,626		135,633

Net interest income		53,703			44,080		104,028		86,280

Provision for credit losses		2,468			2,194		5,401		7,472

Net interest income after provision for credit losses		51,235			41,886		98,627		78,808

Non-interest income:
Demand deposit account fees		2,015			1,590		3,903		3,003
Bank-owned life insurance		1,990			1,804		3,849		3,584
Title insurance fees		861			744		1,507		1,247
Loan fees and service charges		1,744			1,378		2,800		2,339
Gain (loss) on securities transactions		336			—		336		(1,256	)
Change in fair value of equity securities		272			101		580		452
(Loss) gain on sale of loans		(15	)		181		500		366
Gain on sale of other real estate owned		281			—		281		—
Other non-interest income		2,689			3,382		4,888		6,897
Total non-interest income		10,173			9,180		18,644		16,632

Non-interest expense:
Compensation and employee benefits		28,933			27,659		57,516		55,172
Occupancy		5,968			6,054		12,153		12,027
Federal deposit insurance premiums		1,739			1,879		3,619		4,234
Advertising		563			661		1,094		1,287
Professional fees		3,519			4,509		6,034		9,143
Data processing and software expenses		4,103			3,914		8,164		7,881
Merger-related expenses		—			692		—		714
Other non-interest expense, net		81			879		171		1,447
Total non-interest expense		44,906			46,247		88,751		91,905

Income before income tax expense		16,502			4,819		28,520		3,535

Income tax expense		4,197			279		7,315		150

Net income	$	12,305		$	4,540	$	21,205	$	3,385

Earnings per share-basic	$	0.12		$	0.04	$	0.21	$	0.03
Earnings per share-diluted	$	0.12		$	0.04	$	0.21	$	0.03
Weighted average shares outstanding-basic		101,985,784			101,651,511		101,898,636		101,699,126
Weighted average shares outstanding-diluted		101,985,784			101,651,511		101,898,636		101,804,386

COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES Average Balances/Yields

	For the Three Months Ended June 30,
	2025								2024
	Average Balance			Interest and Dividends		Yield / Cost			Average Balance			Interest and Dividends		Yield / Cost
	(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-earnings assets:
Loans	$	8,059,332		$	99,646		4.96	%	$	7,774,052		$	95,252		4.93	%
Securities		1,493,913			13,223		3.55	%		1,633,801			11,743		2.89	%
Other interest-earning assets		281,611			3,622		5.16	%		401,633			6,291		6.30	%
Total interest-earning assets		9,834,856			116,491		4.75	%		9,809,486			113,286		4.64	%
Non-interest-earning assets		860,948								871,525
Total assets	$	10,695,804							$	10,681,011

Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing demand	$	1,938,459		$	10,898		2.25	%	$	1,948,389		$	13,708		2.83	%
Money market accounts		1,332,835			9,424		2.84	%		1,220,774			8,323		2.74	%
Savings and club deposits		645,167			1,114		0.69	%		674,793			1,370		0.82	%
Certificates of deposit		2,788,547			27,908		4.01	%		2,545,967			26,425		4.17	%
Total interest-bearing deposits		6,705,008			49,344		2.95	%		6,389,923			49,826		3.14	%
FHLB advances		1,218,442			13,303		4.38	%		1,576,514			19,219		4.90	%
Junior subordinated debentures		7,045			141		8.03	%		7,023			161		9.22	%
Total borrowings		1,225,487			13,444		4.40	%		1,583,537			19,380		4.92	%
Total interest-bearing liabilities		7,930,495		$	62,788		3.18	%		7,973,460		$	69,206		3.49	%

Non-interest-bearing liabilities:
Non-interest-bearing deposits		1,443,627								1,416,047
Other non-interest-bearing liabilities		215,390								260,107
Total liabilities		9,589,512								9,649,614
Total stockholders’ equity		1,106,292								1,031,397
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	10,695,804							$	10,681,011

Net interest income				$	53,703							$	44,080
Interest rate spread							1.57	%							1.15	%
Net interest-earning assets	$	1,904,361							$	1,836,026
Net interest margin							2.19	%							1.81	%
Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities		124.01	%							123.03	%

COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES Average Balances/Yields

	For the Six Months Ended June 30,
	2025								2024
	Average Balance			Interest and Dividends		Yield / Cost			Average Balance			Interest and Dividends		Yield / Cost
	(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-earnings assets:
Loans	$	7,977,402		$	194,756		4.92	%	$	7,788,459		$	188,201		4.86	%
Securities		1,485,771			25,776		3.50	%		1,588,767			21,897		2.77	%
Other interest-earning assets		299,424			8,122		5.47	%		383,989			11,815		6.19	%
Total interest-earning assets		9,762,597			228,654		4.72	%		9,761,215			221,913		4.57	%
Non-interest-earning assets		866,499								861,632
Total assets	$	10,629,096							$	10,622,847

Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing demand	$	1,999,157		$	22,438		2.26	%	$	1,973,569		$	27,092		2.76	%
Money market accounts		1,307,676			18,662		2.88	%		1,227,857			17,093		2.80	%
Savings and club deposits		647,201			2,221		0.69	%		681,664			2,607		0.77	%
Certificates of deposit		2,772,808			56,168		4.08	%		2,531,145			51,452		4.09	%
Total interest-bearing deposits		6,726,842			99,489		2.98	%		6,414,235			98,244		3.08	%
FHLB advances		1,140,113			24,857		4.40	%		1,511,830			37,067		4.93	%
Junior subordinated debentures		7,041			280		8.02	%		7,020			322		9.22	%
Total borrowings		1,147,154			25,137		4.42	%		1,518,850			37,389		4.95	%
Total interest-bearing liabilities		7,873,996		$	124,626		3.19	%		7,933,085		$	135,633		3.44	%

Non-interest-bearing liabilities:
Non-interest-bearing deposits		1,438,262								1,404,161
Other non-interest-bearing liabilities		218,314								248,514
Total liabilities		9,530,572								9,585,760
Total stockholders’ equity		1,098,524								1,037,087
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	10,629,096							$	10,622,847

Net interest income				$	104,028							$	86,280
Interest rate spread							1.53	%							1.13	%
Net interest-earning assets	$	1,888,601							$	1,828,130
Net interest margin							2.15	%							1.78	%
Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities		123.99	%							123.04	%

COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES Components of Net Interest Rate Spread and Margin

	Average Yields/Costs by Quarter
	June 30, 2025			March 31, 2025			December 31, 2024			September 30, 2024			June 30, 2024
Yield on interest-earning assets:
Loans		4.96	%		4.89	%		4.88	%		5.00	%		4.93	%
Securities		3.55			3.45			2.99			2.90			2.89
Other interest-earning assets		5.16			5.75			6.00			6.72			6.30
Total interest-earning assets		4.75	%		4.69	%		4.61	%		4.70	%		4.64	%

Cost of interest-bearing liabilities:
Total interest-bearing deposits		2.95	%		3.01	%		3.13	%		3.21	%		3.14	%
Total borrowings		4.40			4.44			4.65			4.87			4.92
Total interest-bearing liabilities		3.18	%		3.21	%		3.38	%		3.52	%		3.49	%

Interest rate spread		1.57	%		1.48	%		1.23	%		1.18	%		1.15	%
Net interest margin		2.19	%		2.11	%		1.88	%		1.84	%		1.81	%

Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities		124.01	%		123.96	%		124.02	%		123.06	%		123.03	%

COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES Selected Financial Highlights

	June 30, 2025			March 31, 2025			December 31, 2024			September 30, 2024			June 30, 2024
SELECTED FINANCIAL RATIOS ⁽¹⁾:
Return on average assets		0.46	%		0.34	%	(0.79		)%		0.23	%		0.17	%
Core return on average assets		0.47	%		0.35	%		0.42	%		0.23	%		0.20	%
Return on average equity		4.46	%		3.31	%	(7.86		)%		2.32	%		1.77	%
Core return on average equity		4.58	%		3.37	%		4.09	%		2.29	%		2.06	%
Core return on average tangible equity		5.14	%		3.78	%		4.74	%		2.58	%		2.34	%
Interest rate spread		1.57	%		1.48	%		1.23	%		1.18	%		1.15	%
Net interest margin		2.19	%		2.11	%		1.88	%		1.84	%		1.81	%
Non-interest income to average assets		0.38	%		0.33	%	(0.88		)%		0.33	%		0.35	%
Non-interest expense to average assets		1.68	%		1.68	%		1.73	%		1.60	%		1.74	%
Efficiency ratio		70.30	%		74.57	%		205.17	%		78.95	%		86.83	%
Core efficiency ratio		69.41	%		74.20	%		73.68	%		79.14	%		85.34	%
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities		124.01	%		123.96	%		124.02	%		123.06	%		123.03	%
Net charge-offs to average outstanding loans ⁽²⁾		0.04	%		0.04	%		0.07	%		0.14	%		0.03	%

⁽¹⁾ Ratios are annualized when appropriate.
⁽²⁾ The June 30, 2025 ratio includes $3.2 million of non-annualized PCD charge-offs related to the purchased commercial equipment finance loans.

ASSET QUALITY DATA:
	June 30, 2025			March 31, 2025			December 31, 2024			September 30, 2024			June 30, 2024
	(Dollars in thousands)

Non-accrual loans	$	39,545		$	24,856		$	21,701		$	28,014		$	25,281
90+ and still accruing		—			—			—			—			—
Non-performing loans		39,545			24,856			21,701			28,014			25,281
Real estate owned		—			1,334			1,334			1,974			1,974
Total non-performing assets	$	39,545		$	26,190		$	23,035		$	29,988		$	27,255

Non-performing loans to total gross loans		0.49	%		0.31	%		0.28	%		0.36	%		0.33	%
Non-performing assets to total assets		0.37	%		0.25	%		0.22	%		0.28	%		0.25	%
Allowance for credit losses on loans (“ACL”)	$	64,467		$	62,034		$	59,958		$	58,495		$	57,062
ACL to total non-performing loans		163.02	%		249.57	%		276.29	%		208.81	%		225.71	%
ACL to gross loans		0.79	%		0.78	%		0.76	%		0.75	%		0.73	%

LOAN DATA:
	June 30, 2025			March 31, 2025			December 31, 2024			September 30, 2024			June 30, 2024
	(In thousands)
Real estate loans:
One-to-four family	$	2,629,372		$	2,676,566		$	2,710,937		$	2,737,190		$	2,764,177
Multifamily		1,578,733			1,567,862			1,460,641			1,399,000			1,409,316
Commercial real estate		2,517,693			2,429,429			2,339,883			2,312,759			2,316,252
Construction		415,403			437,081			473,573			510,439			462,880
Commercial business loans		726,526			614,049			622,000			586,447			554,768
Consumer loans:
Home equity loans and advances		256,384			253,439			259,009			261,041			260,427
Other consumer loans		2,602			2,547			3,404			2,877			2,689
Total gross loans		8,126,713			7,980,973			7,869,447			7,809,753			7,770,509
Purchased credit deteriorated loans		11,998			10,395			11,686			11,795			12,150
Net deferred loan costs, fees and purchased premiums and discounts		36,788			35,940			35,795			35,642			36,352
Allowance for credit losses		(64,467	)		(62,034	)		(59,958	)		(58,495	)		(57,062	)
Loans receivable, net	$	8,111,032		$	7,965,274		$	7,856,970		$	7,798,695		$	7,761,949

	At June 30, 2025
	(Dollars in thousands)
	Balance		% of Gross Loans			Weighted Average Loan to Value Ratio			Weighted Average Debt Service Coverage
Multifamily Real Estate	$	1,578,733		19.8	%		59.0	%		1.86	x

Owner Occupied Commercial Real Estate	$	686,005		8.6	%		53.1	%		2.23	x

Investor Owned Commercial Real Estate:
Retail / Shopping centers	$	544,476		6.8	%		54.2	%		1.45	x
Mixed Use		209,619		2.6			58.5			2.52
Industrial / Warehouse		435,261		5.5			54.4			1.60
Non-Medical Office		167,986		2.1			51.6			1.69
Medical Office		98,801		1.2			61.0			1.49
Single Purpose		43,332		0.5			60.7			1.44
Other		332,213		4.2			50.4			1.85
Total	$	1,831,688		23.0	%		54.3	%		1.70	x

Total Multifamily and Commercial Real Estate Loans	$	4,096,426		51.3	%		55.9	%		1.85

DEPOSIT DATA:
	June 30, 2025					March 31, 2025					December 31, 2024
	Balance		Weighted Average Rate			Balance		Weighted Average Rate			Balance		Weighted Average Rate
	(Dollars in thousands)

Non-interest-bearing demand	$	1,439,951		—	%	$	1,490,243		—	%	$	1,438,030		—	%
Interest-bearing demand		1,872,265		2.03			1,935,384		2.08			2,021,312		2.19
Money market accounts		1,355,682		2.79			1,333,668		2.84			1,241,691		2.82
Savings and club deposits		644,761		0.70			651,713		0.70			652,501		0.75
Certificates of deposit		2,822,824		3.96			2,783,927		4.08			2,742,615		4.24
Total deposits	$	8,135,483		2.36	%	$	8,194,935		2.40	%	$	8,096,149		2.47	%

CAPITAL RATIOS:
	June 30,			December 31,
	2025 ⁽¹⁾			2024
Company:
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)		14.18	%		14.20	%
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)		13.35	%		13.40	%
Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)		13.27	%		13.31	%
Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets)		10.37	%		10.02	%

Columbia Bank:
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)		14.40	%		14.41	%
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)		13.53	%		13.56	%
Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)		13.53	%		13.56	%
Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets)		9.95	%		9.64	%

⁽¹⁾ Estimated ratios at June 30, 2025

Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Book and Tangible Book Value per Share
	June 30,			December 31,
	2025			2024
	(Dollars in thousands)

Total stockholders’ equity	$	1,120,708		$	1,080,376
Less: goodwill		(110,715	)		(110,715	)
Less: core deposit intangible		(7,933	)		(8,964	)
Total tangible stockholders’ equity	$	1,002,060		$	960,697

Shares outstanding		104,927,137			104,759,185

Book value per share	$	10.68		$	10.31
Tangible book value per share	$	9.55		$	9.17

Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures (continued)

Reconciliation of Core Net Income
	Three Months Ended June 30,					Six Months Ended June 30,
	2025			2024		2025			2024
	(In thousands)

Net income	$	12,305		$	4,540	$	21,205		$	3,385
Less/add: (gain) loss on securities transactions, net of tax		(251	)		—		(251	)		1,130
Add: FDIC special assessment, net of tax		—			97		—			490
Add: severance expense, net of tax		354			—		517			67
Add: merger-related expenses, net of tax		—			652		—			672
Add: litigation expenses, net of tax		242			—		242			—
Core net income	$	12,650		$	5,289	$	21,713		$	5,744

Return on Average Assets
	Three Months Ended June 30,						Six Months Ended June 30,
	2025			2024			2025			2024
	(Dollars in thousands)

Net income	$	12,305		$	4,540		$	21,205		$	3,385

Average assets	$	10,695,804		$	10,681,011		$	10,629,096		$	10,622,847

Return on average assets		0.46	%		0.17	%		0.40	%		0.06	%

Core net income	$	12,650		$	5,289		$	21,713		$	5,744

Core return on average assets		0.47	%		0.20	%		0.41	%		0.11	%

Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures (continued)

Return on Average Equity
	Three Months Ended June 30,						Six Months Ended June 30,
	2025			2024			2025			2024
	(Dollars in thousands)

Total average stockholders’ equity	$	1,106,292		$	1,031,397		$	1,098,524		$	1,037,087
Less/add: (gain)loss on securities transactions, net of tax		(251	)		—			(251	)		1,130
Add: FDIC special assessment, net of tax		—			97			—			490
Add: severance expense, net of tax		354			—			517			67
Add: merger-related expenses, net of tax		—			652			—			672
Add: litigation expenses, net of tax		242			—			242			—
Core average stockholders’ equity	$	1,106,637		$	1,032,146		$	1,099,032		$	1,039,446

Return on average equity		4.46	%		1.77	%		3.89	%		0.66	%

Core return on core average equity		4.58	%		2.06	%		3.98	%		1.11	%

Return on Average Tangible Equity
	Three Months Ended June 30,						Six Months Ended June 30,
	2025			2024			2025			2024
	(Dollars in thousands)

Total average stockholders’ equity	$	1,106,292		$	1,031,397		$	1,098,524		$	1,037,087
Less: average goodwill		(110,715	)		(110,715	)		(110,715	)		(110,715	)
Less: average core deposit intangible		(8,241	)		(10,381	)		(8,511	)		(10,668	)
Total average tangible stockholders’ equity	$	987,336		$	910,301		$	979,298		$	915,704

Core return on average tangible equity		5.14	%		2.34	%		4.47	%		1.26	%

Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures (continued)

Efficiency Ratios
	Three Months Ended June 30,						Six Months Ended June 30,
	2025			2024			2025			2024
	(Dollars in thousands)

Net interest income	$	53,703		$	44,080		$	104,028		$	86,280
Non-interest income		10,173			9,180			18,644			16,632
Total income	$	63,876		$	53,260		$	122,672		$	102,912

Non-interest expense	$	44,906		$	46,247		$	88,751		$	91,905

Efficiency ratio		70.30	%		86.83	%		72.35	%		89.30	%

Non-interest income	$	10,173		$	9,180		$	18,644		$	16,632
Less /add: (gain) loss on securities transactions		(336	)		—			(336	)		1,256
Core non-interest income	$	9,837		$	9,180		$	18,308		$	17,888

Non-interest expense	$	44,906		$	46,247		$	88,751		$	91,905
Less: FDIC special assessment, net		—			(103	)		—			(565	)
Less: severance expense		(475	)		—			(695	)		(74	)
Less: merger-related expenses		—			(692	)		—			(714	)
Less: litigation expenses		(325	)		—			(325	)		—
Core non-interest expense	$	44,106		$	45,452		$	87,731		$	90,552

Core efficiency ratio		69.41	%		85.34	%		71.71	%		86.93	%

Columbia Financial, Inc.
Investor Relations Department
(833) 550-0717

The MIL Network –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI: Robinhood Reports Second Quarter 2025 Results

Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

Revenues up 45% year-over-year to $989 million
Net Deposits were $13.8 billion, and Robinhood Gold Subscribers reached a record 3.5 million
Diluted EPS up 100% year-over-year to $0.42

MENLO PARK, Calif., July 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Robinhood Markets, Inc. (“Robinhood”) (NASDAQ: HOOD) today announced financial results for the second quarter of 2025, which ended June 30, 2025.

“We delivered strong business results in Q2 driven by relentless product velocity, and we launched tokenization—which I believe is the biggest innovation our industry has seen in the past decade,” said Vlad Tenev, Chairman and CEO of Robinhood.

“Q2 was another great quarter as we drove market share gains, closed the acquisition of Bitstamp and remained disciplined on expenses,” said Jason Warnick, Chief Financial Officer of Robinhood. “And Q3 is off to a great start in July, as customers accelerated their net deposits to around $6 billion and leaned in with strong trading across categories.”

Second Quarter Results

Total net revenues increased 45% year-over-year to $989 million.
- Transaction-based revenues increased 65% year-over-year to $539 million, primarily driven by options revenue of $265 million, up 46%, cryptocurrencies revenue of $160 million, up 98%, and equities revenue of $66 million, up 65%.
- Net interest revenues increased 25% year-over-year to $357 million, primarily driven by growth in interest-earning assets and securities lending activity, partially offset by lower short-term interest rates.
- Other revenues increased 33% year-over-year to $93 million, primarily due to increased Robinhood Gold subscribers.
Net income increased 105% year-over-year to $386 million.
Diluted earnings per share (EPS) increased 100% year-over-year to $0.42.
Total operating expenses increased 12% year-over-year to $550 million.
- Adjusted Operating Expenses and Share-Based Compensation (SBC) (non-GAAP) increased 6% year-over-year to $522 million, which includes costs related to Bitstamp.
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) increased 82% year-over-year to $549 million.
Funded Customers increased by 2.3 million, or 10%, year-over-year to 26.5 million.
- Investment Accounts increased by 2.6 million, or 10%, year-over-year to 27.4 million.
Total Platform Assets increased 99% year-over-year to $279 billion, driven by continued Net Deposits, acquired assets, and higher equity and cryptocurrency valuations.
Net Deposits were $13.8 billion, an annualized growth rate of 25% relative to Total Platform Assets at the end of Q1 2025. Over the past twelve months, Net Deposits were $57.9 billion, a growth rate of 41% relative to Total Platform Assets at the end of Q2 2024.
Average Revenue Per User (ARPU) increased 34% year-over-year to $151.
Robinhood Gold Subscribers increased by 1.5 million, or 76%, year-over-year to 3.5 million.
Cash and cash equivalents totaled $4.2 billion compared with $4.5 billion at the end of Q2 2024.
Share repurchases were $124 million, representing 3 million shares of our Class A common stock at an average price per share of $41.52. Over the past twelve months, share repurchases were $703 million, representing 21 million shares of our Class A common stock at an average price per share of $34.24.

Highlights

Industry-leading product velocity and global expansion drive strong business results as Robinhood delivers on core focus areas

A Powerful Platform For Active Traders – Robinhood continues to deliver cutting-edge trading tools, including expanding Robinhood Legend availability to all customers in the UK, and capabilities with strong adoption among active traders. In June 2025, the company hosted its first ever product spotlight livestream, announcing Robinhood Legend charts on mobile and options simulated returns pre-trade. Looking ahead, we will host active traders at HOOD Summit 2025 this September—Robinhood’s second annual active trader event—to explore the latest in trading technology.

Serving a New Generation of Investors’ Financial Needs – Robinhood continues to grow its share of wallet as it extends into new categories. Since rolling out in March 2025, Robinhood Strategies, our digital advisory offering, is now managing over $0.5 billion in assets and serving over 100 thousand customers; Robinhood Retirement AUC is now over $20 billion, up 50 percent year-to-date; Robinhood Gold has continued to grow after reaching a record 3.5 million subscribers in Q2, an adoption rate of over 13 percent; and the Gold Card, Robinhood’s credit card, is now in the hands of more than 300,000 customers. Together Robinhood is demonstrating continued momentum in serving far more customer assets and needs.

Robinhood Accelerates Global Crypto Expansion – At our recent event Robinhood Presents: To Catch a Token in June 2025, the company unveiled a suite of new crypto products, expanded into 30 European countries, launched Stock Tokens in Europe on over 200 US stocks and ETFs, and offered Crypto staking to eligible US customers. Also in June 2025, Robinhood closed its acquisition of Bitstamp Ltd., a cryptocurrency exchange with over 50 active licenses and registrations globally, and significantly expanded Robinhood’s institutional business. Robinhood has also entered into an agreement to acquire WonderFi, a Canadian leader in digital asset products and services. The transaction is expected to close in the second half of 2025, subject to customary closing conditions, including regulatory approvals.

Additional Q2 2025 Operating Data

Robinhood Retirement AUC increased 118% year-over-year to a record $19.0 billion.
Cash Sweep increased 56% year-over-year to a record $32.7 billion.
Margin Book increased 90% year-over-year to a record $9.5 billion.
Equity Notional Trading Volumes increased 112% year-over-year to a record $517 billion.
Options Contracts Traded increased 32% year-over-year to a record 515 million.
Robinhood App Crypto Notional Trading Volumes increased 32% year-over-year to $28 billion.
Bitstamp Exchange Crypto Notional Trading Volumes were $7 billion following the closing of the acquisition of Bitstamp in June 2025.

Conference Call and Livestream Information

Robinhood will host a video call to discuss its results at 2 p.m. PT / 5 p.m. ET today, July 30, 2025. The video call can be accessed at investors.robinhood.com, along with the earnings press release and accompanying slide presentation. The event will also be live streamed to YouTube and X.com via Robinhood’s official channels, @RobinhoodApp, on Vlad Tenev’s X.com account, @vladtenev, as well as in the Robinhood App.

Following the call, a replay and transcript will also be available at investors.robinhood.com.

Financial Outlook

The paragraph below provides information on our 2025 expense plan and outlook. We are not providing a 2025 outlook for total operating expenses and have not reconciled our 2025 outlook for Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, total operating expenses, because we are unable to predict with reasonable certainty the impact of certain items without unreasonable effort. These items include, but are not limited to, provision for credit losses and significant regulatory expenses which may be material and could have a significant impact on total operating expenses for 2025.

Our 2025 expense plan includes growth investments in new products, features, and international expansion while also getting more efficient in our existing businesses. Our prior outlook for combined Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC for full-year 2025 provided at Q1 2025 Earnings (April 30, 2025) was $2.085 billion to $2.185 billion, which did not include expenses related to our acquisition of Bitstamp. As a result of the acquisition closing in the second quarter, we are updating our outlook to $2.15 billion to $2.25 billion to include $65 million of anticipated costs related to Bitstamp as previously announced. This expense outlook does not include provision for credit losses, costs related to our pending acquisition of WonderFi, potential significant regulatory matters, or other significant expenses (such as impairments, restructuring charges, and other business acquisition- or disposition-related expenses) that may arise or accruals we may determine in the future are required, as we are unable to accurately predict the size or timing of such matters, expenses or accruals at this time.

Actual results might differ materially from our outlook due to several factors, including the rate of growth in Funded Customers and our effectiveness to cross-sell products which affects variable marketing costs, the degree to which we are successful in managing credit losses and preventing fraud, and our ability to manage web-hosting expenses efficiently, among other factors. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information on Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC, including significant items that we believe are not indicative of our ongoing expenses that would be adjusted out of total operating expenses (GAAP) to get to Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC (non-GAAP) should they occur.

About Robinhood

Robinhood Markets, Inc. (NASDAQ: HOOD) transformed financial services by introducing commission-free stock trading and democratizing access to the markets for millions of investors. Today, Robinhood, through its subsidiaries, lets you trade stocks, options, futures (which includes event contracts), and crypto, invest for retirement, earn with Robinhood Gold, and access an expert-managed portfolio with Robinhood Strategies. Headquartered in Menlo Park, California, Robinhood puts customers in the driver’s seat, delivering unprecedented value and products intentionally designed for a new generation of investors. Additional information about Robinhood can be found at www.robinhood.com.

Robinhood uses the “Overview” tab of its Investor Relations website (accessible at investors.robinhood.com/overview) and its Newsroom (accessible at newsroom.aboutrobinhood.com), as means of disclosing information to the public in a broad, non-exclusionary manner for purposes of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) Regulation Fair Disclosure (Reg. FD). Investors should routinely monitor those web pages, in addition to Robinhood’s press releases, SEC filings, and public conference calls and webcasts, as information posted on them could be deemed to be material information.

“Robinhood” and the Robinhood feather logo are registered trademarks of Robinhood Markets, Inc. All other names are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Contacts

Investors:
ir@robinhood.com

Press:
press@robinhood.com


ROBINHOOD MARKETS, INC. CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Unaudited)

	December 31,			June 30,
(in millions, except share and per share data)		2024			2025
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	4,332		$	4,162
Cash, cash equivalents, and securities segregated under federal and other regulations		4,724			8,939
Receivables from brokers, dealers, and clearing organizations		471			374
Receivables from users, net		8,239			9,685
Securities borrowed		3,236			6,159
Deposits with clearing organizations		489			720
User-held fractional shares		2,530			3,083
Held-to-maturity investments		398			134
Prepaid expenses		75			108
Deferred customer match incentives		100			124
Other current assets		509			345
Total current assets		25,103			33,833
Property, software, and equipment, net		139			149
Goodwill		179			383
Intangible assets, net		38			191
Non-current deferred customer match incentives		195			267
Other non-current assets, including non-current prepaid expenses of $17 as of December 31, 2024 and $15 as of June 30, 2025		533			501
Total assets	$	26,187		$	35,324
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	$	397		$	369
Payables to users		7,448			10,511
Securities loaned		7,463			12,640
Fractional shares repurchase obligation		2,530			3,083
Other current liabilities		266			519
Total current liabilities		18,104			27,122
Other non-current liabilities		111			130
Total liabilities		18,215			27,252
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value. 210,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and June 30, 2025.		—			—
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value. 21,000,000,000 shares authorized, 764,903,997 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024; 21,000,000,000 shares authorized, 771,931,128 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2025.		—			—
Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value. 700,000,000 shares authorized, 119,588,986 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024; 700,000,000 shares authorized, 116,286,427 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2025.		—			—
Class C common stock, $0.0001 par value. 7,000,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and June 30, 2025.		—			—
Additional paid-in capital		12,008			11,378
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		(1	)		7
Accumulated deficit		(4,035	)		(3,313	)
Total stockholders’ equity		7,972			8,072
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	26,187		$	35,324


ROBINHOOD MARKETS, INC. CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended June 30,				YOY% Change	Three Months Ended March 31,		QOQ% Change
(in millions, except share, per share, and percentage data)	2024		2025		YOY% Change	2025		QOQ% Change
Revenues:
Transaction-based revenues	$	327	$	539	65%	$	583	(8)%
Net interest revenues		285		357	25%		290	23%
Other revenues		70		93	33%		54	72%
Total net revenues		682		989	45%		927	7%

Operating expenses⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾:
Brokerage and transaction		40		48	20%		50	(4)%
Technology and development		209		214	2%		214	—%
Operations		28		29	4%		31	(6)%
Provision for credit losses		18		28	56%		24	17%
Marketing		64		99	55%		105	(6)%
General and administrative		134		132	(1)%		133	(1)%
Total operating expenses		493		550	12%		557	(1)%

Other income, net		2		3	50%		1	200%
Income before income taxes		191		442	131%		371	19%
Provision for income taxes		3		56	NM		35	60%
Net income	$	188	$	386	105%	$	336	15%
Net income attributable to common stockholders:
Basic	$	188	$	386		$	336
Diluted	$	188	$	386		$	336
Net income per share attributable to common stockholders:
Basic	$	0.21	$	0.44		$	0.38
Diluted	$	0.21	$	0.42		$	0.37
Weighted-average shares used to compute net income per share attributable to common stockholders:
Basic		881,076,624		882,149,402			884,577,603
Diluted		904,490,572		909,127,658			909,241,619


ROBINHOOD MARKETS, INC. CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (Unaudited)

	Six Months Ended June 30,				YOY% Change
(in millions, except share, per share, and percentage data)	2024		2025		YOY% Change
Revenues:
Transaction-based revenues	$	656	$	1,122	71%
Net interest revenues		539		647	20%
Other revenues		105		147	40%
Total net revenues		1,300		1,916	47%

Operating expenses⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾:
Brokerage and transaction		75		98	31%
Technology and development		405		428	6%
Operations		56		60	7%
Provision for credit losses		34		52	53%
Marketing		131		204	56%
General and administrative		252		265	5%
Total operating expenses		953		1,107	16%

Other income, net		6		4	(33)%
Income before income taxes		353		813	130%
Provision for income taxes		8		91	NM
Net income	$	345	$	722	109%
Net income attributable to common stockholders:
Basic	$	345	$	722
Diluted	$	345	$	722
Net income per share attributable to common stockholders:
Basic	$	0.39	$	0.82
Diluted	$	0.38	$	0.79
Weighted-average shares used to compute net income per share attributable to common stockholders:
Basic		878,198,015		883,356,794
Diluted		900,026,613		911,013,005

ROBINHOOD MARKETS, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Unaudited)

____________
⁽¹⁾ The following table presents operating expenses as a percent of total net revenues:


	Three Months Ended June 30,				Three Months Ended March 31,		Six Months Ended June 30,
	2024		2025		2025		2024		2025
Brokerage and transaction	5	%	5	%	6	%	6	%	5	%
Technology and development	31	%	22	%	23	%	31	%	22	%
Operations	4	%	3	%	3	%	4	%	3	%
Provision for credit losses	3	%	3	%	3	%	3	%	3	%
Marketing	9	%	10	%	11	%	10	%	11	%
General and administrative	20	%	13	%	14	%	19	%	14	%
Total operating expenses	72	%	56	%	60	%	73	%	58	%

⁽²⁾ The following table presents the SBC on our unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations for the periods indicated:

	Three Months Ended June 30,				Three Months Ended March 31,		Six Months Ended June 30,
(in millions)	2024		2025		2025		2024		2025
Brokerage and transaction	$	3	$	3	$	2	$	5		5
Technology and development		52		39		44		96		83
Operations		2		2		1		4		3
Marketing		1		2		2		3		4
General and administrative		28		32		24		40		56
Total SBC	$	86	$	78	$	73	$	148	$	151


ROBINHOOD MARKETS, INC. CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended June 30,						Six Months Ended June 30,
(in millions)	2024			2025			2024			2025
Operating activities:
Net income	$	188		$	386		$	345		$	722
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		18			21			35			41
Provision for credit losses		18			28			34			52
Share-based compensation		86			78			148			151
Other		(1	)		4			(1	)		8
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Securities segregated under federal and other regulations		145			(198	)		(547	)		199
Receivables from brokers, dealers, and clearing organizations		58			(94	)		(60	)		112
Receivables from users, net		(742	)		(389	)		(1,538	)		(1,300	)
Securities borrowed		(110	)		(2,045	)		(615	)		(2,923	)
Deposits with clearing organizations		34			(79	)		(213	)		(231	)
Current and non-current prepaid expenses		(20	)		(11	)		(20	)		(24	)
Current and non-current deferred customer match incentives		(122	)		(40	)		(196	)		(96	)
Other current and non-current assets		(45	)		—			(128	)		351
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		20			12			(26	)		(112	)
Payables to users		(285	)		2,280			692			1,948
Securities loaned		876			3,542			1,544			5,177
Other current and non-current liabilities		(64	)		14			(23	)		76
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		54			3,509			(569	)		4,151
Investing activities:
Purchases of property, software, and equipment		—			(8	)		(2	)		(10	)
Capitalization of internally developed software		(7	)		(10	)		(14	)		(19	)
Consideration transferred for business acquisitions		(6	)		(224	)		(6	)		(399	)
Cash, cash equivalents, and segregated cash acquired in business acquisitions		—			1,168			—			1,193
Purchases of held-to-maturity investments		(131	)		—			(302	)		—
Proceeds from maturities of held-to-maturity investments		135			58			289			266
Purchases of credit card receivables by Credit Card Funding Trust		(41	)		(979	)		(70	)		(1,528	)
Collections of purchased credit card receivables		37			835			48			1,346
Asset acquisition, net of cash acquired		—			—			(3	)		—
Other		1			(8	)		1			(8	)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		(12	)		832			(59	)		841
Financing activities:
Proceeds from exercise of stock options		4			4			8			11
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under the Employee Share Purchase Plan		10			15			10			15
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards		(59	)		(252	)		(99	)		(372	)
Repurchase of Class A common stock		—			(124	)		—			(446	)
Draws on credit facilities		11			1			11			1
Repayments on credit facilities		(11	)		(1	)		(11	)		(1	)
Borrowings by the Credit Card Funding Trust		—			80			17			104
Change in principal collected from customers due to Coastal Bank		4			(9	)		7			1
Repayments on borrowings by the Credit Card Funding Trust		(1	)		—			(1	)		—
Payments of debt issuance costs		—			—			(14	)		(16	)
Net cash used in financing activities		(42	)		(286	)		(72	)		(703	)
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents		—			7			—			8
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, segregated cash, and restricted cash		—			4,062			(700	)		4,297
Cash, cash equivalents, segregated cash, and restricted cash, beginning of the period		8,646			8,930			9,346			8,695
Cash, cash equivalents, segregated cash, and restricted cash, end of the period	$	8,646		$	12,992		$	8,646		$	12,992

Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, segregated cash and restricted cash, end of the period:
Cash and cash equivalents, end of the period	$	4,524		$	4,162		$	4,524		$	4,162
Segregated cash and cash equivalents, end of the period		4,037			8,740			4,037			8,740
Restricted cash in other current assets, end of the period		69			72			69			72
Restricted cash in other non-current assets, end of the period		16			18			16			18
Cash, cash equivalents, segregated cash and restricted cash, end of the period	$	8,646		$	12,992		$	8,646		$	12,992
Supplemental disclosures:
Cash paid for interest	$	1		$	3		$	8		$	12
Cash paid for income taxes, net of refund received	$	4		$	53		$	6		$	82


Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Results (Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended June 30,						Three Months Ended March 31,			Six Months Ended June 30,
(in millions, except for percentage data)	2024			2025			2025			2024			2025
Net income	$	188		$	386		$	336		$	345		$	722
Net margin		28	%		39	%		36	%		27	%		38	%
Add:
Interest expenses related to credit facilities		6			8			6			12			14
Provision for income taxes		3			56			35			8			91
Depreciation and amortization		18			21			20			35			41
EBITDA (non-GAAP)		215			471			397			400			868
Add:
SBC		86			78			73			148			151
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)	$	301		$	549		$	470		$	548		$	1,019
Adjusted EBITDA Margin (non-GAAP)		44	%		56	%		51	%		42	%		53	%

	Three Months Ended June 30,				Three Months Ended March 31,		Six Months Ended June 30,
(in millions)	2024		2025		2025		2024		2025
Total operating expenses (GAAP)	$	493	$	550	$	557	$	953	$	1,107
Less:
SBC		86		78		73		148		151
Provision for credit losses⁽¹⁾		—		28		24		—		52
Adjusted Operating Expenses (non-GAAP)	$	407	$	444	$	460	$	805	$	904

	Three Months Ended June 30,				Three Months Ended March 31,		Six Months Ended June 30,
(in millions)	2024		2025		2025		2024		2025
Total operating expenses (GAAP)	$	493	$	550	$	557	$	953	$	1,107
Less:
SBC		86		78		73		148		151
Provision for credit losses⁽¹⁾		—		28		24		—		52
Adjusted Operating Expenses (non-GAAP)		407		444		460		805		904
Add:
SBC		86		78		73		148		151
Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC (non-GAAP)	$	493	$	522	$	533	$	953	$	1,055

____________

⁽¹⁾ Starting in Q1 2025, Adjusted Operating Expenses and Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC no longer include provision for credit losses.

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This press release contains forward-looking statements regarding the expected financial performance of Robinhood Markets, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (“we,” “Robinhood,” or the “Company”) and our strategic and operational plans, including (among others) statements regarding that we believe tokenization is the biggest innovation our industry has seen in the past decade; that Robinhood continues to deliver cutting-edge trading tools and capabilities with strong adoption among active traders; that looking ahead, traders will convene at HOOD Summit 2025 this September to explore the latest in trading technology; that Robinhood continues to grow its share of wallet as it extends into new categories; that Robinhood is demonstrating continued momentum in serving far more customer assets and needs; that the acquisition of WonderFi is expected to close in the second half of 2025, subject to customary closing conditions, including regulatory approvals; and all statements and information under the heading “Financial Outlook”. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “believe,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “contemplate,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” or “continue,” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans, or intentions. Our forward-looking statements are subject to a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties, assumptions, and other factors that may cause our actual future results, performance, or achievements to differ materially from any future results expressed or implied in this press release. Reported results should not be considered an indication of future performance. Factors that contribute to the uncertain nature of our forward-looking statements include, among others: our rapid and continuing expansion, including continuing to introduce new products and services on our platforms as well as geographic expansion; the difficulty of managing our business effectively, including the size of our workforce, and the risk of declining or negative growth; the fluctuations in our financial results and key metrics from quarter to quarter; our reliance on transaction-based revenue, including payment for order flow (“PFOF”), the risk of new regulation or bans on PFOF and similar practices, and the addition of our new fee-based model for cryptocurrency; our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and rapidly changing interest rate environments; the difficulty of raising additional capital (to provide liquidity needs and support business growth and objectives) on reasonable terms, if at all; the need to maintain capital levels required by regulators and self-regulatory organizations; the risk that we might mishandle the cash, securities, and cryptocurrencies we hold on behalf of customers, and our exposure to liability for processing, operational, or technical errors in clearing functions; the impact of negative publicity on our brand and reputation; the risk that changes in business, economic, or political conditions that impact the global financial markets, or a systemic market event, might harm our business; our dependence on key employees and a skilled workforce; operational and regulatory risks and expenditures prior to and following closing of our acquisitions and investments; the difficulty of complying with an extensive, complex, and changing regulatory environment, the risk of monetary and other penalties for noncompliance, and the need to adjust our business model in response to new or modified laws and regulations; the possibility of adverse developments in pending litigation and regulatory investigations; the effects of competition; our need to innovate and acquire or invest in new products, services, technologies and geographies in order to attract and retain customers and deepen their engagement with us in order to maintain growth; our reliance on third parties to perform some key functions and the risk that processing, operational or technological failures could impair the availability or stability of our platforms; the risk of cybersecurity incidents, theft, data breaches, and other online attacks; the difficulty of processing customer data in compliance with privacy laws; our need as a regulated financial services company to develop and maintain effective compliance and risk management infrastructures; the risks associated with incorporating artificial intelligence technologies into some of our products and processes; the regulatory, litigation, contractual, operational, and reputational risks associated with our introduction of new products such as Robinhood Stock Tokens in the European Economic Area and our staking services offered in the U.S.; and the risk that substantial future sales of Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that they may occur, could cause the price of our stock to fall. Because some of these risks and uncertainties cannot be predicted or quantified and some are beyond our control, you should not rely on our forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. More information about potential risks and uncertainties that could affect our business and financial results can be found in Part II, Item 1A of our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 and in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, which we expect to be available on July 31, 2025, as well as in our other filings with the SEC, all of which are available on the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment; new risks and uncertainties may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks nor identify all uncertainties. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements might not be achieved and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Except as otherwise noted, all forward-looking statements in this press release are made as of the date of this press release, July 30, 2025, and are based on information and estimates available to us at this time. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, performance, or achievements. Except as required by law, Robinhood assumes no obligation to update any of the statements in this press release whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances, or otherwise. You should read this press release with the understanding that our actual future results, performance, events, and circumstances might be materially different from what we expect.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We collect and analyze operating and financial data to evaluate the health of our business, allocate our resources and assess our performance. In addition to total net revenues, net income, and other results under GAAP, we utilize non-GAAP calculations of adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“Adjusted EBITDA”), Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Adjusted Operating Expenses, and Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC. This non-GAAP financial information is presented for supplemental informational purposes only, should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for, or superior to, financial information presented in accordance with GAAP, and may be different from similarly titled non-GAAP measures used by other companies. Reconciliations of these non-GAAP measures to the most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP are provided in the financial tables included in this press release.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income, excluding (i) interest expenses related to credit facilities, (ii) provision for (benefit from) income taxes, (iii) depreciation and amortization, (iv) SBC, (v) significant legal and tax settlements and reserves, and (vi) other significant gains, losses, and expenses (such as impairments, restructuring charges, and business acquisition- or disposition-related expenses) that we believe are not indicative of our ongoing results.

The above items are excluded from our Adjusted EBITDA measure because these items are non-cash in nature, or because the amount and timing of these items are unpredictable, are not driven by core results of operations, and render comparisons with prior periods and competitors less meaningful. We believe Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our results of operations, as well as providing a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business performance. Moreover, Adjusted EBITDA is a key measurement used by our management internally to make operating decisions, including those related to operating expenses, evaluate performance, and perform strategic planning and annual budgeting.

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

Adjusted EBITDA Margin is calculated as Adjusted EBITDA divided by total net revenues. The most directly comparable GAAP measure is net margin (calculated as net income divided by total net revenues). We believe Adjusted EBITDA Margin provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our results of operations, as well as providing a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business performance. Adjusted EBITDA Margin is used by our management internally to make operating decisions, including those related to operating expenses, evaluate performance, and perform strategic planning and annual budgeting.

Adjusted Operating Expenses

Adjusted Operating Expenses is defined as GAAP total operating expenses minus (i) SBC, (ii) provision for credit losses, (iii) significant legal and tax settlements and reserves, and (iv) other significant expenses (such as impairments, restructuring charges, and business acquisition- or disposition-related expenses) that we believe are not indicative of our ongoing expenses. The amount and timing of the excluded items are unpredictable, are not driven by core results of operations, and render comparisons with prior periods less meaningful. We believe Adjusted Operating Expenses provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our results of operations, as well as providing a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our cost structure. Adjusted Operating Expenses is used by our management internally to make operating decisions, including those related to operating expenses, evaluate performance, and perform strategic planning and annual budgeting. Starting in Q1 2025, Adjusted Operating Expenses no longer includes provision for credit losses.

Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC

Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC is defined as GAAP total operating expenses minus (i) provision for credit losses, (ii) significant legal and tax settlements and reserves, and (iii) other significant expenses (such as impairments, restructuring charges, and business acquisition- or disposition-related expenses), that we believe are not indicative of our ongoing expenses. The amount and timing of the excluded items are unpredictable, are not driven by core results of operations, and render comparisons with prior periods less meaningful. Unlike Adjusted Operating Expenses, Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC does not adjust for SBC. We believe Adjusted Operating Expense and SBC provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our results of operations, as well as providing a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our cost structure. Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC is used by our management internally to make operating decisions, including those related to operating expenses, evaluate performance, and perform strategic planning and annual budgeting. Starting in Q1 2025, Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC no longer includes provision for credit losses.

Key Performance Metrics

In addition to the measures presented in our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, we use the following key performance metrics to help us evaluate our business, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions.

Assets Under Custody

We define Assets Under Custody as the fair value of all equities, options, cryptocurrency, futures (including options on futures, swaps, and event contracts), and cash held by users in their accounts, net of receivables from users, as of a stated date or period end on a trade date basis. As previously disclosed in Q1 2025, we introduced a new Key Performance Metric called Total Platform Assets, which includes Assets Under Custody and is defined below. Starting in June 2025, the fair value of all cryptocurrency includes cryptocurrency on Bitstamp.

Funded Customers

We define a Funded Customer as a unique person who has at least one account with a Robinhood entity and, within the past 45 calendar days (a) had an account balance that was greater than zero (excluding amounts that are deposited into a Funded Customer account by the Company with no action taken by the unique person) or (b) completed a transaction using any such account. Individuals who share a funded joint investing account (which launched in July 2024) are each considered to be a Funded Customer. Starting in Q1 2025, individuals who are customers of Registered Investment Advisors (“RIAs”) that use the TradePMR platform, and, starting in June 2025, customers of Bitstamp, are also considered Funded Customers.

Total Platform Assets

We define Total Platform Assets as the sum of the fair value of all equities, options, cryptocurrency, futures (including options on futures, swaps, and event contracts), cash held by users in their accounts, net of receivables from users (previously reported as Assets Under Custody), and any such assets managed by RIAs using TradePMR’s platform that are not custodied by Robinhood, as of a stated date or period end on a trade date basis. Net Deposits and net market gains (losses) drive the change in Total Platform Assets in any given period. Starting in June 2025, the fair value of all cryptocurrency includes cryptocurrency on Bitstamp.

Net Deposits

We define Net Deposits as all cash deposits and asset transfers from customers, as well as dividends, interest, and cash or assets earned in connection with Company promotions (such as account transfer and retirement match incentives, free stock bonuses, and lending and staking rewards by Bitstamp) received by customers, net of reversals, customer cash withdrawals, margin interest, Robinhood Gold subscription fees, and assets transferred off of our platforms for a stated period. Starting in June 2025, Net Deposits include results from Bitstamp. Due to data limitations, we have not included TradePMR client figures in our Net Deposits key performance metric.

Average Revenue Per User (“ARPU”)

We define ARPU as total revenue for a given period divided by the average number of Funded Customers on the last day of that period and the last day of the immediately preceding period. Figures in this press release represent ARPU annualized for each three-month period presented.

Robinhood Gold Subscribers

We define a Robinhood Gold Subscriber as a unique person who has at least one account with a Robinhood entity and who, as of the end of the relevant period (a) is subscribed to Robinhood Gold and (b) has made at least one Robinhood Gold subscription fee payment.

Additional Operating Metrics

Robinhood Retirement AUC

We define Robinhood Retirement AUC as the total Assets Under Custody in traditional individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”) and Roth IRAs. This does not include accounts with an RIA using TradePMR’s platform.

Cash Sweep

We define Cash Sweep as the period-end total amount of participating users’ uninvested brokerage cash that has been automatically “swept” or moved from their brokerage accounts into deposits for their benefit at a network of program banks. This is an off-balance-sheet amount. Robinhood earns a net interest spread on Cash Sweep balances based on the interest rate offered by the banks less the interest rate given to users as stated in our program terms. This includes balances from customers of RIAs using TradePMR’s platform.

Margin Book

We define Margin Book as our period-end aggregate outstanding margin loan balances receivable (i.e., the period-end total amount we are owed by customers on loans made for the purchase of securities, supported by a pledge of assets in their margin-enabled brokerage accounts). This includes margin loan balances from customers of RIAs using TradePMR’s platform.

Notional Trading Volume

We define Notional Trading Volume for any specified asset class as the aggregate dollar value (purchase price or sale price as applicable) of trades executed in that asset class on our platforms over a specified period of time. Robinhood App Crypto Notional Trading Volume represents the dollar value of executed trades on the Robinhood platform over a specified period of time. Starting in June 2025, Bitstamp Exchange Crypto Notional Trading Volume represents the dollar value of executed trades on the Bitstamp platform over a specified period of time. For example, each $1 of transaction value executed between a buyer and seller is counted as $1 of transaction value in the relevant period, rather than $2 if counted for each of the buyer and seller.

Options Contracts Traded

We define Options Contracts Traded as the total number of options contracts bought or sold over a specified period of time. Each contract generally entitles the holder to trade 100 shares of the underlying stock.

Glossary Terms

Investment Accounts

We define an Investment Account as a funded individual brokerage account, a funded joint investing account, a funded IRA, or an account with an RIA using TradePMR’s platform. As of June 30, 2025, a Funded Customer can have up to five Investment Accounts – individual brokerage account, joint investing account (which launched in July 2024), traditional IRA, Roth IRA, and RIA custody account using TradePMR’s platform. Does not include Bitstamp as such accounts are not brokerage or other Investment Accounts.

Robinhood Gold Adoption Rate

We define the Robinhood Gold adoption rate as end of period Robinhood Gold Subscribers divided by end of period Funded Customers.

Growth Rate and Annualized Growth Rate with respect to Net Deposits

Growth rate is calculated as aggregate Net Deposits over a specified 12-month period, divided by Total Platform Assets for the fiscal quarter that immediately precedes such 12-month period. Annualized growth rate is calculated as Net Deposits for a specified quarter multiplied by 4 and divided by Total Platform Assets for the immediately preceding quarter.

The MIL Network –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI: Medallion Financial Corp. Reports 2025 Second Quarter Results

Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

Reports 56% Increase in Net Income as Compared to the Prior Year Quarter
Announces Third Quarter 2025 Dividend of $0.12 Per Share

NEW YORK, July 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Medallion Financial Corp. (NASDAQ: MFIN, “Medallion” or the “Company”), a specialty finance company that originates and services loans in various consumer and commercial industries, along with offering loan origination services to fintech strategic partners, announced today its financial results for the second quarter ended June 30, 2025.

2025 Second Quarter Highlights

Net income grew 56% to $11.1 million, or $0.46 per share, compared to $7.1 million, or $0.30 per share, in the prior year quarter.
Net interest income grew 7% to $53.4 million from $49.9 million in the prior year quarter.
Net interest margin (“NIM”) on net loans was 8.42%, consistent with 8.42% in the prior year quarter, and NIM on gross loans was 8.09%, compared to 8.12% in the prior year quarter.
Loan originations grew to $375.0 million, compared to $309.1 million in the prior year quarter, and included $168.6 million of strategic partnership loan originations in the current quarter compared to $24.3 million in the prior year quarter.
The loan portfolio as of June 30, 2025 was $2.485 billion, up 4% compared to $2.386 billion a year ago.
Credit loss provision increased to $21.6 million from $18.6 million in the prior year quarter.
Net book value per share as of June 30, 2025 was $16.77 per share, up 10% from $15.25 a year ago.
The Company declared and paid a quarterly cash dividend of $0.12 per share.
The Company repurchased 48,166 shares of its common stock at an average cost of $9.44 per share for $0.5 million.

Executive Commentary

Andrew Murstein, President and Chief Operating Officer of Medallion Financial, commented, “We are pleased with the strong results we delivered in the second quarter of 2025, with a 56% increase in net income year-over-year. This performance reflects the strength of our core lending businesses and disciplined execution across our business lines.

During the quarter, we saw meaningful contributions from our recreation, home improvement and commercial lending segments, supported by solid portfolio originations and higher interest income. Over the past eight quarters, our commercial division has consistently generated net gains from equity investments, totaling $27.6 million for the two-year period, with six of the past eight quarters having significant gains. These equity gains are a result of years of strategic investment and highlight the long-term value embedded in our commercial portfolio. Although we cannot predict when and if these gains will occur, with a portfolio of more than 30 equity investments, represented by $8.1 million on our balance sheet, we believe we will experience additional gains in the future. In addition, we are pleased that our strategic partners loan program in Medallion Bank continues to grow with $169 million in loan originations in the quarter compared to $24 million a year ago.

Overall, we are encouraged by the momentum in our business. With the recent preferred offering at Medallion Bank, we believe we are well-positioned for growth and to continue generating strong returns for our shareholders.”

Business Segment Highlights

Recreation Lending Segment

Originations were $142.8 million during the quarter, compared to $209.6 million a year ago.
Recreation loans, including loans held for investment and loans held for sale, grew 3% to $1.546 billion, or 62% of total loans, as of June 30, 2025, compared to $1.497 billion a year ago.
Average loan size was $21,000 with a weighted average FICO score, measured at the time of loan origination, of 684.
Interest income grew 8% to $51.1 million for the quarter, from $47.5 million in the prior year quarter.
The average interest rate was 15.12% at quarter-end, 15.10% excluding loans held for sale, compared to 14.80% a year ago.
Recreation loans 90 days or more past due were $7.3 million, or 0.49% of gross recreation loans, as of June 30, 2025, compared to $5.9 million, or 0.41%, a year ago.
Allowance for credit loss was 5.05% at quarter-end for loans held for investment, compared to 4.35% a year ago.

Home Improvement Lending Segment

Originations were $54.3 million during the quarter, compared to $68.0 million a year ago.
Home improvement loans grew 4% to $803.5 million, or 32% of total loans, as of June 30, 2025, compared to $773.2 million a year ago.
Average loan size was $22,000 with a weighted average FICO score, measured at the time of loan origination, of 769.
Interest income grew 14% to $20.1 million for the quarter, from $17.7 million in the prior year quarter.
The average interest rate was 9.87% at quarter-end, compared to 9.71% a year ago.
Home improvement loans 90 days or more past due were $1.3 million, or 0.16% of gross home improvement loans, as of June 30, 2025, compared to $1.3 million, or 0.17%, a year ago.
Allowance for credit loss was 2.54% at quarter-end, compared to 2.38% a year ago.

Commercial Lending Segment

Originations were $9.4 million during the quarter.
Commercial loans grew to $121.4 million at June 30, 2025, compared to $110.2 million a year ago.
Average loan size was $3.6 million, invested in 34 portfolio companies.
For the quarter ended June 30, 2025, net gains recognized with respect to equity investments were $6.1 million.
The average interest rate on the portfolio was 13.43%, compared to 13.05% a year ago.

Strategic Partnerships

Originations were $168.6 million during the quarter, compared to $24.3 million a year ago.
Total strategic partnership loans held as of quarter end were $12.3 million.
Fees generated from strategic partnerships totaled $0.8 million for the quarter, as compared to $0.5 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024.
Average loan holding period of strategic partnership loans was 5 days.

Taxi Medallion Lending Segment

The Company collected $2.3 million of cash on taxi medallion-related assets during the quarter, which resulted in net recoveries and gains of $1.4 million.
Total net taxi medallion assets declined to $5.9 million, a 41% reduction from a year ago, and represented less than 0.3% of the Company’s total assets, as of June 30, 2025.

Loan Portfolio

The following table provides information regarding the composition of our loan portfolio for the periods presented:

	June 30, 2025				December 31, 2024
(Dollars in thousands)	Amount		As a Percent of Total Loans		Amount		As a Percent of Total Loans
Loans held for investment:
Recreation	$	1,486,047	60	%	$	1,422,403	57	%
Home improvement		803,535	32			827,211	33
Commercial		121,415	5			111,273	4
Taxi medallion		1,564	*			1,909	*
Total loans		2,412,561	97			2,362,796	95
Loans held for sale, at lower of amortized cost or fair value:
Recreation		60,205	2			120,840	5
Strategic partnership		12,285	*			7,386	*
Total loans held for sale, at lower of amortized cost or fair value		72,490	3			128,226	5
Total loans and loans held for sale	$	2,485,051	100	%	$	2,491,022	100	%

(*) Less than 1%.

Balance Sheet

Cash and cash equivalents, including investment securities, at June 30, 2025 were $213.5 million, compared to $213.8 million at June 30, 2024.
As of June 30, 2025, total assets amounted to $2.880 billion, up from $2.761 billion at June 30, 2024. The increase is largely due to an increase in prepaid expense which is a result of the redemption of Medallion Bank’s Series F preferred stock on July 1, 2025.
As of June 30, 2025, total liabilities amounted to $2.347 billion, up slightly from $2.338 billion a year ago.

Capital Allocation

Quarterly Dividend

The Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.12 per share, payable on August 29, 2025, to shareholders of record at the close of business on August 15, 2025. This dividend amount remains unchanged from the $0.12 per share paid in the second quarter of 2025, and 20% higher than the same quarter last year.

Dividends Announced	Amount Per Share		Record Date	Payment Date
Q3 2025	$	0.12	8/15/2025	8/29/2025
Q2 2025		0.12	5/15/2025	5/30/2025
Q1 2025		0.11	3/17/2025	3/31/2025
Total: Year 2025 (Year to Date)		0.35
Total: Year 2024		0.41
Total: Year 2023		0.34
Total: Year 2022 *		0.32

(*) Dividend reinstated in Q1 2022.

Stock Repurchase Plan

During the three months ended June 30, 2025, the Company repurchased 48,166 shares of its common stock at an average cost of $9.44 per share for $0.5 million.
As of June 30, 2025, the Company had $14.4 million remaining under its $40 million stock repurchase program.

Conference Call Information

The Company will host a conference call to discuss its second quarter financial results tomorrow, Thursday, July 31, 2025, at 9:00 a.m. Eastern time.

In connection with its earnings release, the Company has updated its quarterly supplement presentation, which is now available at www.medallion.com.

How to Participate

A link to the live audio webcast of the conference call will also be available at the Company’s IR website.

Replay Information

The conference call replay will be available following the end of the call through Thursday, August 7, 2025

Dial-in: (412) 317-6671
Passcode: 1020 1134

Additionally, the webcast replay will be available at the Company’s IR website.

About Medallion Financial Corp.

Medallion Financial Corp. (NASDAQ: MFIN) and its subsidiaries originate and service a growing portfolio of consumer loans and mezzanine loans in various industries. Key industries served include recreation (towable RVs and marine) and home improvement (replacement roofs, swimming pools, and windows). Medallion Financial Corp. is headquartered in New York City, NY, and its largest subsidiary, Medallion Bank, is headquartered in Salt Lake City, Utah. For more information, please visit www.medallion.com.

Forward-Looking Statements
Please note that this press release contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties relating to business performance, cash flow, net interest income and expenses, other expenses, earnings, growth, and our growth strategy. These statements are often, but not always, made using words or phrases such as “will” and “continue” or the negative version of those words or other comparable words or phrases of a future or forward-looking nature. These statements relate to future public announcements of our earnings, expectations regarding our loan portfolio, including collections on our taxi medallion loans, the potential for future asset growth, and market share opportunities. Medallion’s actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed in such forward-looking statements. For example, statements about the effects of the current economy, whether inflation or the risk of recession, the effects of tariffs, operations, financial performance and prospects constitute forward-looking statements and are subject to the risk that the actual impacts may differ, possibly materially, from what is reflected in those forward-looking statements due to factors and future developments that are uncertain, unpredictable and in many cases beyond Medallion’s control. In addition to risks relating to the current economy, for a description of certain risks to which Medallion is or may be subject, please refer to the factors discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in Medallion’s 2024 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Company Contact:

Investor Relations
InvestorRelations@medallion.com
212-328-2176

Investor Relations
The Equity Group Inc.
Lena Cati
lcati@theequitygroup.com
(212) 836-9611

Val Ferraro
vferraro@theequitygroup.com
(212) 836-9633


MEDALLION FINANCIAL CORP. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)	June 30, 2025			December 31, 2024			June 30, 2024
Assets
Cash, cash equivalents, and federal funds sold	$	151,994		$	169,572		$	157,961
Investment securities		61,529			54,805			55,830
Equity investments		8,097			9,198			10,795
Loans held for sale, at lower of amortized cost or fair value		72,490			128,226			—
Loans		2,412,561			2,362,796			2,385,590
Allowance for credit losses		(106,896	)		(97,368	)		(89,788	)
Net loans receivable		2,305,665			2,265,428			2,295,802
Goodwill and intangible assets, net		169,227			169,949			170,672
Property, equipment, and right-of-use lease asset, net		11,890			13,756			14,094
Accrued interest receivable		15,294			15,314			13,299
Loan collateral in process of foreclosure		9,007			9,932			9,359
Other assets		74,801			32,426			33,064
Total assets	$	2,879,994		$	2,868,606		$	2,760,876
Liabilities
Deposits	$	2,009,176		$	2,090,071		$	2,006,782
Long-term debt		199,928			232,159			230,803
Short-term borrowings		86,750			49,000			37,500
Deferred tax liabilities, net		19,261			20,995			22,394
Operating lease liabilities		4,041			5,128			6,071
Accrued interest payable		5,746			8,231			7,945
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		22,527			24,064			26,592
Total liabilities		2,347,429			2,429,648			2,338,087
Total stockholders’ equity		389,896			370,170			354,001
Non-controlling interest in consolidated subsidiaries		142,669			68,788			68,788
Total equity		532,565			438,958			422,789
Total liabilities and equity	$	2,879,994		$	2,868,606		$	2,760,876
Number of shares outstanding		23,246,593			23,135,624			23,211,990

Book value per share	$	16.77		$	16.00		$	15.25

MEDALLION FINANCIAL CORP.‌ CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)‌

	Three Months Ended June 30,					Six Months Ended June 30,
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)	2025		2024			2025		2024
Total interest income	$	77,442	$	70,704		$	152,867	$	137,774
Total interest expense		24,072		20,836			48,085		39,989
Net interest income		53,370		49,868			104,782		97,785
Provision for credit losses		21,562		18,577			43,576		35,778
Net interest income after provision for credit losses		31,808		31,291			61,206		62,007
Other income
Gain (loss) on equity investments, net		6,096		(512	)		15,526		3,655
Gain on sale of recreation loans		1,304		—			1,304		—
Gain on taxi medallion assets, net		749		242			1,592		830
Strategic partnership fees		787		480			1,472		806
Other income		273		889			914		1,211
Total other income, net		9,209		1,099			20,808		6,502
Other expenses
Salaries and employee benefits		10,148		9,435			20,141		18,892
Loan servicing fees		2,899		2,692			5,716		5,162
Collection costs		1,749		1,659			3,286		3,126
Regulatory fees		1,109		888			1,930		1,865
Professional fee costs, net		1,187		1,845			2,937		2,616
Rent expense		683		698			1,358		1,355
Amortization of intangible assets		362		362			723		723
Other expenses		3,408		2,416			6,212		4,481
Total other expenses		21,545		19,995			42,303		38,220
Income before income taxes		19,472		12,395			39,711		30,289
Income tax provision		5,805		3,782			12,518		10,140
Net income after taxes		13,667		8,613			27,193		20,149
Less: income attributable to the non-controlling interest		2,598		1,512			4,110		3,024
Total net income attributable to Medallion Financial Corp.	$	11,069	$	7,101		$	23,083	$	17,125
Basic net income per share	$	0.49	$	0.31		$	1.02	$	0.76
Diluted net income per share	$	0.46	$	0.30		$	0.96	$	0.73
Weighted average common shares outstanding
Basic		22,783,947		22,598,102			22,677,961		22,619,743
Diluted		24,058,084		23,453,162			23,978,214		23,609,104
Dividends declared per common share	$	0.12	$	0.10		$	0.24	$	0.20

The MIL Network –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI USA: Senate Banking Committee Unanimously Advances Comprehensive Housing Legislation

US Senate News:

Source: United States Senator for Idaho Mike Crapo

Washington, D.C.–The U.S. Senate Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs, of which U.S. Senator Mike Crapo (R-Idaho) is a senior member, unanimously advanced the Renewing Opportunity in the American Dream (ROAD) to Housing Act of 2025. Senator Crapo is a co-sponsor of the legislation, which was led by Committee Chairman Tim Scott (R-South Carolina) and Ranking Member Elizabeth Warren (D-Massachusetts).

“Homes are the foundation for economic success, family stability and community cohesiveness,” said Crapo. “Unfortunately, lack of affordable housing is routinely the number one concern I hear from Idahoans. We must reform inefficient segments of U.S. housing across all markets to make the American dream of homeownership more attainable.”

The comprehensive housing package would take various steps to increase access to affordable housing for Americans across the country by expanding and preserving the housing supply, improving housing affordability, and increasing oversight and efficiency of federal regulators and housing programs. The measure contains several provisions Senator Crapo co-sponsored as standalone bills, including:

Text of the bill is available here, and a section-by-section summary is available here.

MIL OSI USA News –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI: Orange County Bancorp, Inc. Announces Record Second Quarter 2025 Earnings

Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

Net Income increased $2.3 million, or 27.4%, to $10.5 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 from $8.2 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024
Net Interest Income grew $1.0 million, or 4.2%, to $25.1 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, as compared to $24.1 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024
Total Deposits rose $123.4 million, or 5.7%, to $2.3 billion at June 30, 2025, from $2.2 billion at year-end 2024
Total Loans increased $102.1 million, or 5.6%, to $1.9 billion at June 30, 2025, from $1.8 billion at year-end 2024
Book value per share increased $2.55, or 15.6%, to $18.90 at June 30, 2025, from $16.35 at December 31, 2024
Trust and investment advisory income rose 14.8%, to $3.4 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, from $3.0 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024

MIDDLETOWN, N.Y., July 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Orange County Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company” – Nasdaq: OBT), parent company of Orange Bank & Trust Company (the “Bank”) and Hudson Valley Investment Advisors, Inc. (“HVIA”), today announced net income of $10.5 million, or $0.87 per basic and diluted share, for the three months ended June 30, 2025. This compares with net income of $8.2 million, or $0.73 per basic and diluted share, for the three months ended June 30, 2024. The increase in earnings per share, basic and diluted, was due primarily to increases in net interest income and total noninterest income partially offset by an increase in non-interest expense during the current period. For the six months ended June 30, 2025, net income reached $19.2 million, or $1.64 per basic and diluted share, as compared to $17.5 million, or $1.55 per basic and diluted share, for the six months ended June 30, 2024.

Book value per share rose $2.55, or 15.6%, from $16.35 at December 31, 2024, to $18.90 at June 30, 2025. Tangible book value per share increased $2.65, or 16.8%, from $15.80 at December 31, 2024, to $18.45 at June 30, 2025 (see “Non-GAAP Financial Measure Reconciliation” below for additional detail). These increases were due to increased earnings during the six months ended June 30, 2025 and a reduction of unrealized losses in the available for sale securities (“AFS”) portfolio coupled with net proceeds of approximately $43 million from completion of a follow-on common stock offering during the second quarter of 2025.

“I am pleased to report Orange County Bank had a very productive and successful second quarter,” said Company President and CEO Michael Gilfeather. “Nearly every segment of the Bank turned in strong financial performance, yielding $10.5 million of net income for the period, a $2.3 million, or 27% increase over the same quarter last year. These results include several one-time gains but also reflect continued strength in financial performance as we execute on our full-service, business banking strategy.

We also completed a $46 million follow-on common stock offering during the quarter, strengthening our financial position and giving us the flexibility to continue to expand our lending business in a prudent manner while improving trading liquidity in our stock. On a per share basis, we earned $0.87 a share for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, versus $0.73 for the same quarter last year.

Key to our strong financial performance was continued growth of our loan portfolio. Year to date, total loans increased $102.1 million, or 5.6%, to $1.9 billion at quarter end. Despite uncertainty surrounding tariff policy, loan demand and economic activity in the communities we serve remains strong, but we continue to exercise prudence in underwriting. Year-to-date, we have grown our loan portfolio without a significant change in loan yields. The average yield on our loan portfolio was 6.02% for the first half of 2025, down modestly from 6.06% for the first half of the prior year.

Deposit growth also remains robust, with total deposits up $123.4 million year-to-date to $2.3 billion, a 5.7% increase over year end 2024. These new deposits were organically sourced, enabling us to replace $74 million of higher cost brokered deposits with lower cost Bank client funds. Our cost of deposits for the three months ended June 30, 2025 was 1.30%. We consider our low-cost deposit base a key competitive advantage of the Bank, and while there is some seasonality to these numbers, we have been highly intentional in growing this important driver of our success.

Given that rates on both deposits and loans remained largely unchanged through the first half of the year, it stands to reason net interest margin remained stable as well. For the three months ended June 30, 2025, our net interest margin stood at an impressive 4.06%.

Our Wealth Management division also continued its run of increasing contributions to performance with nearly 15% growth, to $3.4 million for the current quarter from $3.0 million for the same period last year. Earnings from Wealth Management, which is comprised of Trust and Investment Advisory Services, is an important source of revenue for the Company. Orange Wealth Management represents a value-added expansion of our traditional banking business which provides greater service and leads to the creation of more fees and revenues per client. In addition, many of the group’s clients are also borrowers and/or depositors of the Bank.

Given our successful capital raise and further growth in loans, deposits, and wealth management, we had a strong second quarter. I want to once again acknowledge that none of this could happen without the experience, expertise and commitment from our employees. I thank them and our customers and shareholders for their continued confidence and support.”

Second Quarter 2025 Financial Review

Net Income

Net income for the second quarter of 2025 was $10.5 million, an increase of $2.3 million, or 27.4%, from net income of $8.2 million for the second quarter of 2024. The increase represents a combination of increased net interest income and non-interest income over the same quarter last year. Net income for the six months ended June 30, 2025 was $19.2 million, as compared to $17.5 million for the same period in 2024. The increase reflects the effect of net interest income growth combined with increased non-interest income during the first six months of 2025 as compared to the prior year period. These improvements were partially offset by higher provision for credit losses in the first half of 2025 as compared to a $1.9 million recovery recognized through the provision during the first half of 2024 and associated with Signature Bank subordinated debt. The increase in non-interest income includes the recognition of gain associated with the sale of a branch location coupled with a Bank Owned Life Insurance gain related to policy proceeds from a death benefit.

Net Interest Income

For the three months ended June 30, 2025, net interest income rose $1.0 million, or 4.2%, to $25.1 million, versus $24.1 million during the same period last year. The increase was driven primarily by a $712 thousand increase in interest and fees combined with a $309 thousand reduction in interest expense during the current period. For the six months ended June 30, 2025, net interest income reached $48.8 million representing an increase of $3.0 million, or 6.7%, over the first half of 2024.

Total interest income rose $712 thousand, or 2.2%, to $33.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025, compared to $32.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2024. The increase was driven mainly by 5.0% growth in interest and fees associated with loans. For the six months ended June 30, 2025, total interest income rose $1.6 million, or 2.4%, to $65.1 million as compared to $63.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024.

Total interest expense decreased $309 thousand during the second quarter of 2025, to $8.1 million, as compared to $8.4 million in the second quarter of 2024. The decrease was primarily due to the reduction of interest costs associated with FHLB advances and borrowings as a result of increased deposit levels during the quarter. Interest expense associated with FHLB advances drawn and other borrowings during the current quarter totaled $375 thousand as compared to $890 thousand during the second quarter of 2024. During the six months ended June 30, 2025, total interest expense fell $1.5 million, to $16.4 million, as compared to $17.9 million for the same period last year.

Provision for Credit Losses

The Company recognized a provision for credit losses of $2.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025, as compared to $2.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2024. This current quarter provision was primarily driven by reserves associated with a specific non-accrual loan as well as the impact of the methodology associated with estimated lifetime losses and the types of loans closed during the quarter. The allowance for credit losses to total loans was 1.48% as of June 30, 2025 versus 1.44% as of December 31, 2024. For the six months ended June 30, 2025, the provision for credit losses totaled $2.3 million as compared to $570 thousand, net of recovery, for the six months ended June 30, 2024. No reserves for investment securities were recorded during the first half of 2025 or 2024, respectively.

Non-Interest Income

Non-interest income rose $3.5 million, or 92.2%, to $7.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025 as compared to $3.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2024. The growth included the continued increased fee income within each of the Company’s fee income categories, including investment advisory income, trust income, and service charges on deposit accounts, as well as certain one-time items during the quarter. These items represented the recognition of a $1.2 million gain associated with the sale of a branch location and approximately $2.4 million of income associated with BOLI payments related to a death benefit offset by a tactical loss of approximately $727 thousand recorded on the sale of certain securities to reposition a small portion of the portfolio and replace with higher yielding securities. For the six months ended June 30, 2025, non-interest income increased approximately $4.2 million, to $11.7 million, as compared to $7.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024.

Non-Interest Expense

Non-interest expense was $16.8 million for the second quarter of 2025, reflecting an increase of $1.3 million, or 8.2%, as compared to $15.5 million for the same period in 2024. The increase in non-interest expense for the current three-month period continues to reflect the Company’s commitment to growth. This investment consists primarily of increases in occupancy costs, information technology, and professional fees. Our efficiency ratio improved to 51.6% for the three months ended June 30, 2025, from 55.5% for the same period in 2024. For the six months ended June 30, 2025, our efficiency ratio decreased to 55.0% from 57.9% for the same period in 2024. Non-interest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2025 reached $33.3 million, reflecting a $2.5 million increase over non-interest expense of $30.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024.

Income Tax Expense

Provision for income taxes for the three months ended June 30, 2025 was $3.1 million, compared to $2.0 million for the same period in 2024. The increase was directly related to provisions associated with higher levels of pre-tax income as well as the effect of certain tax adjustments for the quarter. For the six months ended June 30, 2025, the provision for income taxes was $5.7 million as compared to $4.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024. Our effective tax rate for the three-month period ended June 30, 2025 was 23.0%, as compared to 19.7% for the same period in 2024. Our effective tax rate for the six-month period ended June 30, 2025 was 23.0%, as compared to 19.9% for the same period in 2024.

Financial Condition

Total consolidated assets increased $96.3 million, or 3.8%, to $2.6 billion at June 30, 2025 from $2.5 billion at December 31, 2024. The growth of the balance sheet included increases in cash, loans, and deposits as well as paydowns of borrowings during the current six-month period.

Total cash and due from banks increased from $150.3 million at December 31, 2024, to $175.6 million at June 30, 2025, an increase of approximately $25.3 million, or 16.8%. This increase resulted primarily from higher levels of deposit balances and the completion of the common stock offering which increased cash and due from banks.

Total investment securities fell $37.1 million, or 8.2%, from $453.5 million at December 31, 2024 to $416.4 million at June 30, 2025. The decrease was driven primarily by investment maturities during the first six months of 2025 combined with the sale of approximately $15.0 million in securities at quarter end. The portfolio sale was a strategic initiative to offset a portion of the increases in non-interest income and replaced the investments with higher yielding securities.

Total loans increased $102.1 million, or 5.6%, from $1.8 billion at December 31, 2024 to $1.9 billion at June 30, 2025. The increase was driven by $72.4 million of growth in commercial real estate loans, $30.5 million of increased commercial real estate construction loans, $6.5 million of increased commercial and industrial loans, and $1.8 million of growth in home equity loans. These increases were offset by decreases within the residential real estate and consumer loan segments.

Total deposits increased $123.4 million, to $2.3 billion at June 30, 2025, from $2.2 billion at December 31, 2024. This increase was due primarily to $36.0 million of growth in noninterest-bearing demand accounts; $98.2 million of growth in interest bearing demand accounts; $14.1 million of growth in money market accounts; and $51.8 million of growth in savings accounts. The increases in deposit accounts were offset by a $76.7 million decrease in certificates of deposit, mainly associated with brokered deposits utilized by the Bank for short term funding purposes. Deposit composition at June 30, 2025 included 49.0% in demand deposit accounts (including NOW accounts) as a percentage of total deposits. Uninsured deposits, net of fully collateralized municipal relationships, remain stable and represent approximately 43% of total deposits at June 30, 2025 as compared to 39% of total deposits at December 31, 2024.

FHLBNY short-term borrowings were $21.0 million at June 30, 2025 down from $113.5 million at December 31, 2024. The decrease in borrowings continues to be driven by increased deposits which outpaced loan growth during the first half of 2025 and allowed for paydowns of borrowings while maintaining higher levels of cash at June 30, 2025. The decrease in borrowings reflects a strategic decision to manage liquidity sources and take advantage of opportunities to reduce funding costs.

Stockholders’ equity experienced an increase of approximately $67.1 million during the first half of 2025, reaching $252.6 million at June 30, 2025 from $185.5 million at December 31, 2024. The increase was due to the combination of a completed common stock offering which netted approximately $43 million, earnings of approximately $19.2 million, and a decrease in unrealized losses of approximately $6.3 million on the market value of investment securities within the Company’s equity as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”), net of taxes.

At June 30, 2025, the Bank maintained capital ratios in excess of regulatory standards for well capitalized institutions. The Bank’s Tier 1 capital to average assets ratio was 12.40%, both common equity and Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets were 16.36%, and total capital to risk weighted assets was 17.61%.

Wealth Management

At June 30, 2025, our Wealth Management Division, which includes trust and investment advisory, totaled $1.8 billion in assets under management or advisory, a 2.5% increase over December 31, 2024. Trust and investment advisory income for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 reached $3.4 million, a $437 thousand, or 14.8%, increase as compared to $3.0 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024.

The breakdown of trust and investment advisory assets as of June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, is as follows:


ORANGE COUNTY BANCORP, INC.
SUMMARY OF AUM/AUA
(UNAUDITED)
(Dollar Amounts in thousands)
	At June 30, 2025				At December 31, 2024
	Amount		Percent		Amount		Percent
Investment Assets Under Management & Advisory	$	1,170,808	64.05	%	$	1,105,143	61.99	%
Trust Asset Under Administration & Management		657,181	35.95	%		677,723	38.01	%
Total	$	1,827,989	100.00	%	$	1,782,866	100.00	%

Loan Quality

At June 30, 2025, the Bank had total non-performing loans of $11.7 million, or 0.61% of total loans. Total non-accrual loans represented approximately $11.7 million at June 30, 2025 compared to $6.3 million at December 31, 2024. The increase in non-accrual loans represents several different loans that have experienced payment disruption during the quarter and are at various stages of collection.

Liquidity

Management believes the Bank has the necessary liquidity to meet normal business needs. The Bank uses a variety of resources to manage its liquidity position. These include short term investments, cash from lending and investing activities, core-deposit growth, and non-core funding sources, such as time deposits exceeding $250,000, brokered deposits, FHLBNY advances, and other borrowings. As of June 30, 2025, the Bank’s cash and due from banks totaled $175.6 million. The Bank maintains an investment portfolio of securities available for sale, comprised mainly of US Government agency and treasury securities, Small Business Administration loan pools, mortgage-backed securities, corporate bonds, and municipal bonds. Although the portfolio generates interest income for the Bank, it also serves as an available source of liquidity and funding. As of June 30, 2025, the Bank’s investment in securities available for sale was $410.8 million, of which $66.8 million was not pledged as collateral and additional $74.3 million with the Federal Reserve which is not specifically designated to any borrowings. Additionally, as of June 30, 2025, the Bank’s overnight advance line capacity at the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York was $628.2 million, of which $76.4 million was used to collateralize municipal deposits and $10.0 million was utilized for long term advances. As of June 30, 2025, the Bank’s unused borrowing capacity at the FHLBNY was $541.8 million. The Bank also maintains additional borrowing capacity of $20 million with other correspondent banks. Additional funding is available to the Bank through the discount window lending by the Federal Reserve. At June 30, 2025, the Bank also held $74.3 million of collateral at the Federal Reserve Bank which could be utilized to provide additional funding through the discount window.

The Bank also considers brokered deposits an element of its deposit strategy. As of June 30, 2025, the Bank had brokered deposit arrangements with various terms totaling $106.5 million.


Non-GAAP Financial Measure Reconciliations
The following table reconciles, as of the dates set forth below, stockholders’ equity (on a GAAP basis) to tangible equity and total assets (on a GAAP basis) to tangible assets and calculates our tangible book value per share.

	June 30, 2025			December 31, 2024
	(Dollars in thousands except for share data)
Tangible Common Equity:
Total stockholders’ equity	$	252,589		$	185,531
Adjustments:
Goodwill		(5,359	)		(5,359	)
Other intangible assets		(678	)		(821	)
Tangible common equity	$	246,552		$	179,351
Common shares outstanding		13,362,912			11,350,158
Book value per common share	$	18.90		$	16.35
Tangible book value per common share	$	18.45		$	15.80

Tangible Assets
Total assets	$	2,606,263		$	2,509,927
Adjustments:
Goodwill		(5,359	)		(5,359	)
Other intangible assets		(678	)		(821	)
Tangible assets	$	2,600,226		$	2,503,747
Tangible common equity to tangible assets		9.48	%		7.16	%

NOTE: Share data and related information has been adjusted for the effect of the 2 for 1 stock split in January 2025

About Orange County Bancorp, Inc

Orange County Bancorp, Inc. is the parent company of Orange Bank & Trust Company and Hudson Valley Investment Advisors, Inc. Orange Bank & Trust Company is an independent bank that began with the vision of 14 founders over 125 years ago. It has grown through innovation and an unwavering commitment to its community and business clientele to approximately $2.6 billion in total assets. Hudson Valley Investment Advisors, Inc. is a Registered Investment Advisor in Goshen, NY. It was founded in 1996 and acquired by the Company in 2012.

Forward Looking Statements

Certain statements contained herein are “forward looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Such forward looking statements may be identified by reference to a future period or periods, or by the use of forward-looking terminology, such as “may,” “will,” “believe,” “expect,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “continue,” or similar terms or variations on those terms, or the negative of those terms. Forward looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those related to the real estate and economic environment, particularly in the market areas in which the Company operates, competitive products and pricing, fiscal and monetary policies of the U.S. Government, inflation, tariffs, changes in government regulations affecting financial institutions, including regulatory fees and capital requirements, changes in prevailing interest rates, increased levels of loan delinquencies, problem assets and foreclosures, credit risk management, asset-liability management, cybersecurity risks, geopolitical conflicts, public health issues, the financial and securities markets and the availability of and costs associated with sources of liquidity.

The Company wishes to caution readers not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made. The Company wishes to advise readers that the factors listed above could affect the Company’s financial performance and could cause the Company’s actual results for future periods to differ materially from any opinions or statements expressed with respect to future periods in any current statements. The Company does not undertake and specifically declines any obligation to publicly release the results of any revisions that may be made to any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of such statements or to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events.

For further information:
Michael Lesler
EVP & Chief Financial Officer
mlesler@orangebanktrust.com
Phone: (845) 341-5111


ORANGE COUNTY BANCORP, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION
(UNAUDITED)
(Dollar Amounts in thousands except per share data)

	June 30, 2025			December 31, 2024

ASSETS

Cash and due from banks	$	175,606		$	150,334
Investment securities – available-for-sale		410,814			443,775
(Amortized cost $478,824 at June 30, 2025 and $519,567 at December 31, 2024)
Restricted investment in bank stocks		5,618			9,716
Loans		1,917,802			1,815,751
Allowance for credit losses		(28,408	)		(26,077	)
Loans, net		1,889,394			1,789,674

Premises and equipment, net		14,949			15,808
Accrued interest receivable		10,465			6,680
Bank owned life insurance		35,398			42,257
Goodwill		5,359			5,359
Intangible assets		678			821
Other assets		57,982			45,503

TOTAL ASSETS	$	2,606,263		$	2,509,927

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Deposits:
Noninterest bearing	$	687,120		$	651,135
Interest bearing		1,589,603			1,502,224
Total deposits		2,276,723			2,153,359

FHLB advances, short term		21,000			113,500
FHLB advances, long term		10,000			10,000
Subordinated notes, net of issuance costs		19,626			19,591
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		26,325			27,946

TOTAL LIABILITIES		2,353,674			2,324,396

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common stock, $0.25 par value; 30,000,000 shares authorized; 13,370,929 and 11,366,608 issued; 13,362,912 and 11,350,158 outstanding, at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively		3,343			2,842
Surplus		164,752			120,896
Retained Earnings		146,129			129,919
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes		(61,436	)		(67,751	)
Treasury stock, at cost; 8,017 and 16,450 shares at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively		(199	)		(375	)
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY		252,589			185,531

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY	$	2,606,263		$	2,509,927


Share data has been adjusted to reflect the effect of the two-for-one stock split paid during January 2025


ORANGE COUNTY BANCORP, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(UNAUDITED)
(Dollar Amounts in thousands except per share data)
	For Three Months Ended June 30,						Six Months Ended June 30,
		2025			2024			2025			2024
INTEREST INCOME
Interest and fees on loans	$	28,103		$	26,778			55,417		$	52,392
Interest on investment securities:
Taxable		2,731			3,105			5,395			6,331
Tax exempt		561			581			1,137			1,149
Interest on Federal funds sold and other		1,829			2,048			3,182			3,713

TOTAL INTEREST INCOME		33,224			32,512			65,131			63,585

INTEREST EXPENSE
Savings and NOW accounts		5,256			5,158			10,150			9,735
Time deposits		2,222			2,114			4,446			4,528
FHLB advances and borrowings		375			890			1,306			3,141
Subordinated notes		231			231			461			461
TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE		8,084			8,393			16,363			17,865

NET INTEREST INCOME		25,140			24,119			48,768			45,720

Provision (recovery) for credit losses – investments		–			–			–			(1,900	)
Provision for credit losses – loans		2,113			2,210			2,315			2,470
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER
PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES		23,027			21,909			46,453			45,150

NONINTEREST INCOME
Service charges on deposit accounts		334			232			624			467
Trust income		1,573			1,309			3,247			2,621
Investment advisory income		1,823			1,650			3,589			3,225
Investment securities gains(losses)		(727	)		–			(727	)		–
Earnings on bank owned life insurance		234			270			493			512
Gain on sale of assets		3,635			–			3,635			–
Other		444			346			811			668
TOTAL NONINTEREST INCOME		7,316			3,807			11,672			7,493

NONINTEREST EXPENSE
Salaries		6,813			6,873			13,718			13,611
Employee benefits		2,338			2,304			4,788			4,426
Occupancy expense		1,299			1,164			2,576			2,325
Professional fees		1,666			1,337			3,013			2,773
Directors’ fees and expenses		319			(125	)		625			197
Computer software expense		2,117			1,430			4,099			2,665
FDIC assessment		330			350			660			768
Advertising expenses		481			438			870			802
Advisor expenses related to trust income		22			32			44			65
Telephone expenses		203			188			410			375
Intangible amortization		72			71			143			143
Other		1,094			1,425			2,302			2,647
TOTAL NONINTEREST EXPENSE		16,754			15,487			33,248			30,797

Income before income taxes		13,589			10,229			24,877			21,846

Provision for income taxes		3,128			2,016			5,712			4,343
NET INCOME	$	10,461		$	8,213			19,165		$	17,503

Basic and diluted earnings per share	$	0.87		$	0.73		$	1.64		$	1.55

Weighted average shares outstanding		11,994,815			11,282,868			11,665,181			11,276,370


Share data has been adjusted to reflect the effect of the two-for-one stock split paid during January 2025


ORANGE COUNTY BANCORP, INC.
NET INTEREST MARGIN ANALYSIS
(UNAUDITED)
(Dollar Amounts in thousands)

	Three Months Ended June 30,
		2025							2024
	Average Balance			Interest		Average Rate		Average Balance			Interest		Average Rate
Assets:
Loans Receivable (net of PPP)	$	1,879,606		$	28,100	6.00	%	$	1,728,195		$	26,778	6.21	%
PPP Loans		152			3	7.92	%		197			–	0.00	%
Investment securities		432,657			3,083	2.86	%		467,308			3,364	2.89	%
Due from banks		167,987			1,829	4.37	%		160,498			2,048	5.12	%
Other		5,773			209	14.52	%		5,343			322	24.17	%
Total interest earning assets		2,486,175			33,224	5.36	%		2,361,541			32,512	5.52	%
Non-interest earning assets		104,019							99,032
Total assets	$	2,590,194						$	2,460,573

Liabilities and equity:
Interest-bearing demand accounts	$	397,476		$	489	0.49	%	$	394,697		$	485	0.49	%
Money market accounts		702,607			3,721	2.12	%		666,460			3,796	2.28	%
Savings accounts		301,586			1,046	1.39	%		254,188			877	1.38	%
Certificates of deposit		221,363			2,222	4.03	%		184,363			2,114	4.60	%
Total interest-bearing deposits		1,623,032			7,478	1.85	%		1,499,708			7,272	1.94	%
FHLB Advances and other borrowings		34,341			375	4.38	%		76,923			890	4.64	%
Subordinated notes		19,615			231	4.72	%		19,544			231	4.74	%
Total interest bearing liabilities		1,676,988			8,084	1.93	%		1,596,175			8,393	2.11	%
Non-interest bearing demand accounts		670,150							667,455
Other non-interest bearing liabilities		27,436							25,717
Total liabilities		2,374,574							2,289,347
Total shareholders’ equity		215,620							171,226
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	2,590,194						$	2,460,573

Net interest income				$	25,140						$	24,119
Interest rate spread¹						3.43	%						3.41	%
Net interest margin²						4.06	%						4.10	%
Average interest earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities		148.3	%						148.0	%

Notes:
¹The Interest rate spread is the difference between the yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities
²Net interest margin is the annualized net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets


ORANGE COUNTY BANCORP, INC.
NET INTEREST MARGIN ANALYSIS
(UNAUDITED)
(Dollar Amounts in thousands)

	Six Months Ended June 30,
		2025							2024
	Average Balance			Interest		Average Rate		Average Balance			Interest		Average Rate
Assets:
Loans Receivable (net of PPP)	$	1,854,899		$	55,411	6.02	%	$	1,733,197		$	52,389	6.06	%
PPP Loans		157			6	7.71	%		203			3	2.96	%
Investment securities		437,191			6,205	2.86	%		474,419			6,796	2.87	%
Due from banks		157,381			3,182	4.08	%		155,047			3,713	4.80	%
Other		6,871			327	9.60	%		8,119			684	16.90	%
Total interest earning assets		2,456,499			65,131	5.35	%		2,370,985			63,585	5.38	%
Non-interest earning assets		102,995							96,839
Total assets	$	2,559,494						$	2,467,824

Liabilities and equity:
Interest-bearing demand accounts	$	377,378		$	891	0.48	%	$	377,492		$	922	0.49	%
Money market accounts		694,263		$	7,356	2.14	%		643,244			7,151	2.23	%
Savings accounts		285,393		$	1,903	1.34	%		245,009			1,662	1.36	%
Certificates of deposit		222,173			4,446	4.04	%		197,003			4,528	4.61	%
Total interest-bearing deposits		1,579,207			14,596	1.86	%		1,462,748			14,263	1.96	%
FHLB Advances and other borrowings		59,536			1,306	4.42	%		122,203			3,141	5.15	%
Subordinated notes		19,606			461	4.74	%		19,535			461	4.73	%
Total interest bearing liabilities		1,658,349			16,363	1.99	%		1,604,486			17,865	2.23	%
Non-interest bearing demand accounts		668,864							667,947
Other non-interest bearing liabilities		28,665							27,081
Total liabilities		2,355,878							2,299,514
Total shareholders’ equity		203,616							168,310
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	2,559,494						$	2,467,824

Net interest income				$	48,768						$	45,720
Interest rate spread¹						3.36	%						3.15	%
Net interest margin²						4.00	%						3.87	%
Average interest earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities		148.1	%						147.8	%

Notes:
¹The Interest rate spread is the difference between the yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities
²Net interest margin is the annualized net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets


ORANGE COUNTY BANCORP, INC.
SELECTED RATIOS AND OTHER DATA
(UNAUDITED)

	Three Months Ended June 30,				Six Months Ended June 30,
	2025		2024		2025		2024
Performance Ratios:
Return on average assets (1)	1.62	%	1.34	%	1.50	%	1.42	%
Return on average equity (1)	19.41	%	19.19	%	18.82	%	20.80	%
Interest rate spread (2)	3.43	%	3.41	%	3.36	%	3.15	%
Net interest margin (3)	4.06	%	4.10	%	4.00	%	3.87	%
Dividend payout ratio (4)	14.91	%	15.80	%	15.83	%	14.82	%
Non-interest income to average total assets	1.13	%	0.62	%	0.91	%	0.61	%
Non-interest expenses to average total assets	2.59	%	2.52	%	2.60	%	2.50	%
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities	148.25	%	147.95	%	148.13	%	147.77	%

	At		At
	June 30, 2025		June 30, 2024
Asset Quality Ratios:
Non-performing assets to total assets	0.45	%	0.64	%
Non-performing loans to total loans	0.61	%	0.92	%
Allowance for credit losses to non-performing loans	242.51	%	173.95	%
Allowance for credit losses to total loans	1.48	%	1.60	%

Capital Ratios (5):
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)	17.61	%	15.09	%
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)	16.36	%	13.84	%
Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)	16.36	%	13.84	%
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)	12.40	%	10.04	%

Notes:
(1) Annualized for the three and six month periods ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
(2) Represents the difference between the weighted-average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted-average cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the periods.
(3) The net interest margin represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets for the periods.
(4) The dividend payout ratio represents dividends paid per share divided by net income per share.
(5) Ratios are for the Bank only.


ORANGE COUNTY BANCORP, INC.
SELECTED OPERATING DATA
(UNAUDITED)
(Dollar Amounts in thousands except per share data)
	Three Months Ended June 30,				Six Months Ended June 30,
	2025		2024		2025		2024
Interest income	$	33,224	$	32,512	$	65,131	$	63,585
Interest expense		8,084		8,393		16,363		17,865
Net interest income		25,140		24,119		48,768		45,720
Provision for credit losses		2,113		2,210		2,315		570
Net interest income after provision for credit losses		23,027		21,909		46,453		45,150
Noninterest income		7,316		3,807		11,672		7,493
Noninterest expenses		16,754		15,487		33,248		30,797
Income before income taxes		13,589		10,229		24,877		21,846
Provision for income taxes		3,128		2,016		5,712		4,343
Net income	$	10,461	$	8,213	$	19,165	$	17,503

Basic and diluted earnings per share	$	0.87	$	0.73	$	1.64	$	1.55
Weighted average common shares outstanding		11,994,815		11,282,868		11,665,181		11,276,370

	At		At
	June 30, 2025		December 31, 2024
Book value per share	$	18.90	$	16.35
Net tangible book value per share (1)	$	18.45	$	15.80
Outstanding common shares		13,362,912		11,350,158

Notes:
(1) Net tangible book value represents the amount of total tangible assets reduced by our total liabilities. Tangible assets are calculated by reducing total assets, as defined by GAAP, by $5,359 in goodwill and $678, and $821 in other intangible assets for June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.


ORANGE COUNTY BANCORP, INC.
LOAN COMPOSITION
(UNAUDITED)
(Dollar Amounts in thousands)
	At June 30, 2025				At December 31, 2024
	Amount		Percent		Amount		Percent
Commercial and industrial (a)	$	248,838	12.98	%	$	242,390	13.35	%
Commercial real estate		1,434,414	74.79	%		1,362,054	75.01	%
Commercial real estate construction		111,483	5.81	%		80,993	4.46	%
Residential real estate		71,169	3.71	%		74,973	4.13	%
Home equity		19,142	1.00	%		17,365	0.96	%
Consumer		32,756	1.71	%		37,976	2.09	%
Total loans		1,917,802	100.00	%		1,815,751	100.00	%
Allowance for loan losses		28,408				26,077
Total loans, net	$	1,889,394			$	1,789,674

(a) – Includes PPP loans of:	$	147			$	170


ORANGE COUNTY BANCORP, INC.
DEPOSITS BY ACCOUNT TYPE
(UNAUDITED)
(Dollar Amounts in thousands)
	At June 30, 2025						At December 31, 2024
	Amount		Percent		Average Rate		Amount		Percent		Average Rate
Noninterest-bearing demand accounts	$	687,120	30.18	%	0.00	%	$	651,135	30.24	%	0.00	%
Interest bearing demand accounts		429,330	18.86	%	0.52	%		331,115	15.38	%	0.42	%
Money market accounts		693,148	30.44	%	2.08	%		679,082	31.54	%	2.15	%
Savings accounts		322,832	14.18	%	1.40	%		271,014	12.59	%	1.25	%
Certificates of Deposit		144,293	6.34	%	3.69	%		221,013	10.26	%	3.97	%
Total	$	2,276,723	100.00	%	1.17	%	$	2,153,359	100.00	%	1.31	%


ORANGE COUNTY BANCORP, INC.
NON-PERFORMING ASSETS
(UNAUDITED)
(Dollar Amounts in thousands)

	June 30, 2025			December 31, 2024

Non-accrual loans:
Commercial and industrial	$	2,372		$	293
Commercial real estate		8,414			6,000
Commercial real estate construction		–			–
Residential real estate		100			6
Home equity		828			–
Consumer		–			–
Total non-accrual loans		11,714			6,299
Accruing loans 90 days or more past due:
Commercial and industrial		–			–
Commercial real estate		–			–
Commercial real estate construction		–			–
Residential real estate		–			–
Home equity		–			–
Consumer		–			–
Total loans 90 days or more past due		–			–
Total non-performing loans		11,714			6,299
Other real estate owned		–			–
Other non-performing assets		–			–
Total non-performing assets	$	11,714		$	6,299

Ratios:
Total non-performing loans to total loans		0.61	%		0.35	%
Total non-performing loans to total assets		0.45	%		0.25	%
Total non-performing assets to total assets		0.45	%		0.25	%
Net-chargeoffs to total loans, YTD		0.01	%		0.48	%

The MIL Network –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI: Employers Holdings, Inc. Reports Second Quarter 2025 Results and Declares Regular Quarterly Dividend of $0.32 per Share

Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

RENO, Nev., July 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Employers Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) (NYSE:EIG), a holding company with subsidiaries that are specialty providers of workers’ compensation insurance and services focused on small and mid-sized businesses engaged in low-to-medium hazard industries, today reported financial results for its second quarter ended June 30, 2025.

Financial Highlights:

(All comparisons vs. the second quarter of 2024).

Net income per diluted share decreased by 2%, from $1.25 to $1.23;
Adjusted net income per diluted share decreased 56%, from $1.10 to $0.48;
Gross premiums written decreased 2%, from $207.9 million to $203.3 million;
Net premiums earned increased 6%, from $187.8 million to $198.3 million;
Loss and loss adjustment expenses ratio increased from 57.9% to 70.7%;
Commission expense ratio improved from 13.9% to 13.2%;
Underwriting expense ratio improved from 22.4% to 21.7%;
GAAP combined ratio increased from 94.2% (95.4% excluding LPT) to 105.6% (106.4% excluding LPT);
Net investment income increased 1%, from $26.9 million to $27.1 million;
Net realized and unrealized gains on investments increased from $2.2 million to $20.9 million;
Record number of ending policies in-force of 134,421, a 5% increase; and
Returned $31.4 million to stockholders through a combination of share repurchases and regular quarterly dividends.

Management Commentary

Chief Executive Officer Katherine Antonello commented: “Second quarter gross premiums written decreased slightly, with growth in smaller policy size bands offset by decreases within the middle market. Our focus on profitability over growth led to targeted underwriting actions and improved risk selection which impacted our ability and desire to grow at the same pace in certain classes and jurisdictions. Despite the reduction in gross premiums written, net premiums earned increased by 6%, and we ended the period with another record number of policies in-force, which were up 5% year-over-year.

In response to the rapid rise in cumulative trauma claims in California, we increased the accident year 2025 loss and LAE ratio on voluntary business from 66.0% in the first quarter to 69.0%. As a result of this increased loss activity, we reallocated observed favorable reserve development from accident years 2020 and prior to more recent accident years, which resulted in no net prior loss reserve development from our voluntary business during the quarter. We took this action to reflect the increased frequency of cumulative trauma claims we are experiencing in the more recent accident years and the level of uncertainty around this new trend. We intend to perform a full actuarial study in the third quarter.

Our commission expense ratio was 13.2%, versus 13.9% a year ago, driven by lower new business premiums. While our underwriting expenses increased slightly, our underwriting expense ratio decreased to 21.7% from 22.4% a year ago. We continue to find ways to reduce expenses by automating processes, delivering customer self-service capabilities, and utilizing artificial intelligence.

Lastly, we declared a regular quarterly dividend of $0.32 per share and continue to see attractive opportunities to return capital to our shareholders via share repurchases. These actions reflect our strong balance sheet, abundant underwriting capital, and the confidence in the Company’s future operations.”

Summary of Second Quarter 2025 Results

(All comparisons vs. the second quarter of 2024, unless otherwise noted).

Gross premiums written were $203.3 million, a decrease of 2%. The decrease was primarily driven by reductions in new business in the middle market. Net premiums earned were $198.3 million, an increase of 6%.

Losses and loss adjustment expenses were $140.1 million, an increase of 29%. The increase was primarily due to a higher current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio of 69% and the absence of favorable prior accident year loss reserve development during the quarter. In addition, $5.5 million of loss and loss adjustment expense was recognized to increase the 2025 first quarter estimate, resulting in the calendar year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio of 70.7% (71.5% excluding LPT), versus 57.9% (59.1% excluding LPT).

Commission expense was flat at $26.1 million. The Company’s commission expense ratio was 13.2%, versus 13.9% a year ago. The decrease in the ratio was primarily related to lower agency incentive accruals, the increase in net premiums earned, and an increase in the proportion of renewal premiums, which are typically subject to a lower commission rate.

Underwriting expenses were $43.1 million, an increase of 2%. The Company’s underwriting expense ratio was 21.7%, versus 22.4% a year ago. Our increase in underwriting expenses was primarily related to a reduced internal allocation of underwriting expenses to loss adjustment expenses due to a refinement in assumptions. Excluding this allocation, underwriting expenses decreased by $3.0 million primarily driven by lower compensation-related expenses and depreciation and amortization costs offset by higher bad debt expense. Increased net earned premiums contributed to the lower underwriting expense ratio.

Net investment income was $27.1 million, an increase of 1%. The increase was primarily due to higher book yields on our fixed maturity securities.

Net realized and unrealized gains on investments reflected on the income statement were $20.9 million, versus $2.2 million. The increase is primarily attributable to increases in the fair value of the Company’s equity securities holdings.

Income tax expense was $7.3 million (19.7% effective rate), versus $8.3 million (20.8% effective rate). The effective rates during each of the periods included income tax benefits and exclusions associated with tax-advantaged investment income, LPT adjustments, deferred gain amortization and related adjustments, and tax credits utilized.

The Company’s book value per share including the deferred gain and computed after considering dividends declared was $49.44, an increase of 12.8% year-over-year and 3.1% for the second quarter of 2025. During the second quarter, this measure was favorably impacted by $7.4 million of after-tax unrealized gains arising from fixed maturity securities (which are reflected on the balance sheet) and $16.6 million of net after-tax unrealized gains arising from equity securities and other investments (which are reflected on the income statement). The Company’s adjusted book value per share computed after considering dividends declared of $51.68 increased by 8.2% year-over-year and 2.5% during the second quarter of 2025.

Third Quarter 2025 Dividend Declaration

On July 30, 2025, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a regular quarterly dividend of $0.32. The dividend is payable on August 27, 2025 to stockholders of record as of August 13, 2025.

Stock Repurchases

During the second quarter of 2025, the Company repurchased 482,000 shares of its common stock at an average price of $48.08 per share. During the period from July 1, 2025 through July 29, 2025, the Company repurchased a further 229,363 shares of its common stock at an average price of $46.44 per share. The Company currently has a remaining share repurchase authorization of $99.4 million.

Earnings Conference Call and Webcast

The Company will host a conference call on Thursday, July 31, 2025 at 11:00 a.m. Eastern Daylight Time / 8:00 a.m. Pacific Daylight Time.

To participate in the live conference call, you must first register here. Once registered you will receive dial-in numbers and a unique PIN number.

The webcast will be accessible on the Company’s website at www.employers.com through the “Investors” link.

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures to GAAP

The information in this press release should be read in conjunction with the Financial Supplement that is attached to this press release and available on our website.

Within this earnings release we present various financial measures, some of which are “non-GAAP financial measures” as defined in Regulation G pursuant to Section 401 of the Sarbanes – Oxley Act of 2002. A description of these non-GAAP financial measures, as well as a reconciliation of such non-GAAP measures to our most directly comparable GAAP financial measures is included in the attached Financial Supplement. Management believes that these non-GAAP measures are important to the Company’s investors, analysts and other interested parties who benefit from having an objective and consistent basis for comparison with other companies within our industry. Management further believes that these measures are more relevant than comparable GAAP measures in evaluating our financial performance.

Forward-Looking Statements

In this press release, the Company and its management discuss and make statements based on currently available information regarding their intentions, beliefs, current expectations, and projections of, among other things, the Company’s future performance, economic or market conditions, including current or future levels of inflation, potential implications of increased tariffs, changes in interest rates, labor market expectations, catastrophic events or geo-political conditions, legislative or regulatory actions or court decisions, business growth, retention rates, loss costs, claim trends and the impact of key business initiatives, future technologies and planned investments. Certain of these statements may constitute “forward-looking” statements as that term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and are often identified by words such as “may,” “will,” “could,” “would,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “target,” “project,” “intend,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “pro forma,” “seek,” “likely,” or “continue,” or other comparable terminology and their negatives. The Company and its management caution investors that such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. Risks and uncertainties are inherent in the Company’s future performance. Factors that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements include, among other things, those discussed or identified from time to time in the Company’s public filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), including the risks detailed in the Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and the Company’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K. Except as required by applicable securities laws, the Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.

Filings with the SEC

The Company’s filings with the SEC and its quarterly investor presentations can be accessed through the “Investors” link on the Company’s website, www.employers.com. The Company’s filings with the SEC can also be accessed through the SEC’s EDGAR Database at www.sec.gov (EDGAR CIK No. 0001379041).

About Employers Holdings, Inc.

Employers Holdings, Inc. (NYSE: EIG), is a holding company with subsidiaries that are specialty providers of workers’ compensation insurance and services (collectively “EMPLOYERS®”) focused on small and mid-sized businesses engaged in low-to-medium hazard industries. EMPLOYERS leverages over a century of experience to deliver comprehensive coverage solutions that meet the unique needs of its customers. Drawing from its long history and extensive knowledge, EMPLOYERS empowers businesses by protecting their most valuable asset – their employees – through exceptional claims management, loss control, and risk management services, creating safer work environments.

EMPLOYERS is also proud to offer Cerity®, which is focused on providing digital-first, direct-to-consumer workers’ compensation insurance solutions with fast, and affordable coverage options through a user-friendly online platform.

EMPLOYERS operates throughout the United States, apart from four states that are served exclusively by their state funds. Insurance is offered through Employers Insurance Company of Nevada, Employers Compensation Insurance Company, Employers Preferred Insurance Company, Employers Assurance Company and Cerity Insurance Company, all rated A (Excellent) by AM Best. Not all companies do business in all jurisdictions. EIG Services, Inc., and Cerity Services, Inc., are subsidiaries of Employers Holdings, Inc. EMPLOYERS® is a registered trademark of EIG Services, Inc., and Cerity® is a registered trademark of Cerity Services, Inc. For more information, please visit www.employers.com and www.cerity.com.

Contact Information

Michael Pedraja (775) 327-2706 or mpedraja@employers.com

EMPLOYERS HOLDINGS, INC.
Table of Contents

	Page

	1		Consolidated Financial Highlights

	2		Summary Consolidated Balance Sheets

	3		Summary Consolidated Income Statements

	4		Return on Equity

	5		Combined Ratios

	6		Roll-forward of Unpaid Losses and LAE

	7		Consolidated Investment Portfolio

	8		Book Value Per Share

	9		Earnings Per Share

	10		Non-GAAP Financial Measures

EMPLOYERS HOLDINGS, INC. Consolidated Financial Highlights (unaudited) $ in millions, except per share amounts

	Three Months Ended									Six Months Ended
	June 30,									June 30,
		2025			2024		% change				2025			2024		% change
*Selected financial highlights:*
Gross premiums written	$	203.3		$	207.9		(2	)	%	$	415.4		$	418.7		(1	)	%
Net premiums written		201.5			206.1		(2	)			411.8			415.2		(1	)
Net premiums earned		198.3			187.8		6				381.3			372.6		2
Net investment income		27.1			26.9		1				59.2			53.8		10
Net income excluding LPT⁽¹⁾		28.0			29.6		(5	)			39.2			55.8		(30	)
Adjusted net income⁽¹⁾		11.5			27.9		(59	)			32.8			45.1		(27	)
Net Income before income taxes		37.0			40.0		(8	)			52.9			75.3		(30	)
Net Income		29.7			31.7		(6	)			42.5			60.0		(29	)
Comprehensive income		37.2			29.6		26				71.8			47.0		53
Total assets											3,543.3			3,550.0		—
Stockholders’ equity											1,083.1			1,022.9		6
Stockholders’ equity including the Deferred Gain⁽²⁾											1,173.8			1,118.2		5
Adjusted stockholders’ equity⁽²⁾											1,227.0			1,217.2		1
Annualized adjusted return on stockholders’ equity⁽³⁾		3.7	%		9.2	%	(60	)	%		5.3	%		7.5	%	(29	)	%
*Amounts per share:*
Cash dividends declared per share	$	0.32		$	0.30		7		%	$	0.62		$	0.58		7		%
Earnings per diluted share⁽⁴⁾		1.23			1.25		(2	)			1.74			2.36		(26	)
Earnings per diluted share excluding LPT⁽⁴⁾		1.16			1.17		(1	)			1.61			2.19		(26	)
Adjusted earnings per diluted share⁽⁴⁾		0.48			1.10		(56	)			1.35			1.77		(24	)
Book value per share⁽²⁾											45.62			41.09		11
Book value per share including the Deferred Gain⁽²⁾											49.44			44.91		10
Adjusted book value per share⁽²⁾											51.68			48.89		6
Combined ratio excluding LPT:⁽⁵⁾:
Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio:
Current Year		71.4	%		63.9	%					68.8	%		64.1	%
Prior Year		0.1			(4.8	)					0.5			(2.5	)
Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio		71.5	%		59.1	%					69.3	%		61.6	%
Commission expense ratio		13.2	%		13.9	%					12.9	%		13.7	%
Underwriting expense ratio		21.7	%		22.4	%					22.6	%		23.7	%
Combined ratio excluding LPT		106.4	%		95.4	%					104.8	%		99.0	%


(1) See Page 3 for calculations and Page 10 for information regarding our use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.
(2) See Page 8 for calculations and Page 10 for information regarding our use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.
(3) See Page 4 for calculations and Page 10 for information regarding our use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.
(4) See Page 9 for description and calculations and Page 10 for information regarding our use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.
(5) See Pages 5 for details and Page 10 for information regarding our use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.

EMPLOYERS HOLDINGS, INC. Summary Consolidated Balance Sheets (unaudited) $ in millions, except per share amounts

	June 30, 2025			December 31, 2024
ASSETS
Investments, cash and cash equivalents	$	2,529.5		$	2,532.4
Accrued investment income		15.7			15.7
Premiums receivable, net		382.0			361.3
Reinsurance recoverable, net of allowance, on paid and unpaid losses and LAE		407.3			417.8
Deferred policy acquisition costs		64.0			59.6
Deferred income tax asset, net		29.4			38.3
Other assets		115.4			116.2
Total assets	$	3,543.3		$	3,541.3

LIABILITIES
Unpaid losses and LAE	$	1,786.8		$	1,808.2
Unearned premiums		429.6			402.2
Commissions and premium taxes payable		62.8			65.8
Deferred Gain		90.7			94.0
Other liabilities		90.3			102.4
Total liabilities	$	2,460.2		$	2,472.6

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Common stock and additional paid-in capital	$	426.3		$	424.8
Retained earnings		1,500.2			1,472.9
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(53.2	)		(82.5	)
Treasury stock, at cost		(790.2	)		(746.5	)
Total stockholders’ equity		1,083.1			1,068.7
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	3,543.3		$	3,541.3

Stockholders’ equity including the Deferred Gain ⁽¹⁾	$	1,173.8		$	1,162.7
Adjusted stockholders’ equity ⁽¹⁾		1,227.0			1,245.2
Book value per share ⁽¹⁾	$	45.62		$	43.52
Book value per share including the Deferred Gain⁽¹⁾		49.44			47.35
Adjusted book value per share ⁽¹⁾		51.68			50.71

(1) See Page 8 for calculations and Page 10 for information regarding our use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.

EMPLOYERS HOLDINGS, INC. Summary Consolidated Income Statements (unaudited) $ in millions

	Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
	June 30,						June 30,
		2025			2024			2025			2024
Revenues:
Net premiums earned	$	198.3		$	187.8		$	381.3		$	372.6
Net investment income		27.1			26.9			59.2			53.8
Net realized and unrealized gains on investments⁽¹⁾		20.9			2.2			8.1			13.6
Other income		—			0.1			0.3			0.1
Total revenues		246.3			217.0			448.9			440.1
Expenses:
Losses and LAE incurred		(140.1	)		(108.8	)		(260.8	)		(225.3	)
Commission expense		(26.1	)		(26.0	)		(49.1	)		(51.1	)
Underwriting expenses		(43.1	)		(42.2	)		(86.0	)		(88.4	)
Interest and financing expenses		—			—			(0.1	)		—
Total expenses		(209.3	)		(177.0	)		(396.0	)		(364.8	)
Net income before income taxes		37.0			40.0			52.9			75.3
Income tax expense		(7.3	)		(8.3	)		(10.4	)		(15.3	)
Net Income		29.7			31.7			42.5			60.0
Unrealized AFS investment gains (losses) arising during the period, net of tax⁽²⁾		7.4			(4.9	)		28.5			(16.5	)
Reclassification adjustment for net realized AFS investment losses in net income, net of tax⁽²⁾		0.1			2.8			0.8			3.5
Total comprehensive income	$	37.2		$	29.6		$	71.8		$	47.0
Net Income	$	29.7		$	31.7		$	42.5		$	60.0
Amortization of the Deferred Gain – losses		(1.7	)		(1.5	)		(3.3	)		(3.0	)
Amortization of the Deferred Gain – contingent commission		—			(0.4	)		—			(0.8	)
LPT contingent commission adjustments		—			(0.2	)		—			(0.4	)
Net income excluding LPT Agreement ⁽³⁾		28.0			29.6			39.2			55.8
Net realized and unrealized gains on investments		(20.9	)		(2.2	)		(8.1	)		(13.6	)
Income tax expense related to items excluded from Net income		4.4			0.5			1.7			2.9
Adjusted net income	$	11.5		$	27.9		$	32.8		$	45.1

(1) Includes unrealized gains on equity securities and other investments of $19.6 million and $2.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and $7.9 million and $14.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
(2) AFS = Available for Sale securities.
(3) See Page 10 regarding our use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.

EMPLOYERS HOLDINGS, INC. Return on Equity (unaudited) $ in millions

		Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
		June 30,						June 30,
			2025			2024			2025			2024

Net income	A	$	29.7		$	31.7		$	42.5		$	60.0
Impact of the LPT Agreement			(1.7	)		(2.1	)		(3.3	)		(4.2	)
Net realized and unrealized gains on investments			(20.9	)		(2.2	)		(8.1	)		(13.6	)
Income tax expense related to items excluded from Net income			4.4			0.5			1.7			2.9
Adjusted net income ⁽¹⁾	B		11.5			27.9			32.8			45.1

Stockholders’ equity – end of period		$	1,083.1		$	1,022.9		$	1,083.1		$	1,022.9
Stockholders’ equity – beginning of period			1,075.7			1,018.9			1,068.7			1,013.9
Average stockholders’ equity	C		1,079.4			1,020.9			1,075.9			1,018.4

Stockholders’ equity – end of period		$	1,083.1		$	1,022.9		$	1,083.1		$	1,022.9
Deferred Gain – end of period			90.7			95.3			90.7			95.3
Accumulated other comprehensive loss – end of period			67.3			125.3			67.3			125.3
Income taxes related to accumulated other comprehensive loss – end of period			(14.1	)		(26.3	)		(14.1	)		(26.3	)
Adjusted stockholders’ equity – end of period			1,227.0			1,217.2			1,227.0			1,217.2
Adjusted stockholders’ equity – beginning of period			1,228.8			1,213.0			1,245.2			1,199.1
Average adjusted stockholders’ equity ⁽¹⁾	D		1,227.9			1,215.1			1,236.1			1,208.2

Return on stockholders’ equity	A / C		2.8	%		3.1	%		4.0	%		5.9	%
Annualized return on stockholders’ equity			11.0			12.4			7.9			11.8

Adjusted return on stockholders’ equity ⁽¹⁾	B / D		0.9	%		2.3	%		2.7	%		3.7	%
Annualized adjusted return on stockholders’ equity ⁽¹⁾			3.7			9.2			5.3			7.5

(1) See Page 10 for information regarding our use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.

EMPLOYERS HOLDINGS, INC. Combined Ratios (unaudited) $ in millions, except per share amounts

		Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
		June 30,						June 30,
			2025			2024			2025			2024

Net premiums earned	A	$	198.3		$	187.8		$	381.3		$	372.6
Losses and LAE incurred	B		140.1			108.8			260.8			225.3
Amortization of deferred reinsurance gain – losses			1.7			1.5			3.3			3.0
Amortization of deferred reinsurance gain – contingent commission			—			0.4			—			0.8
LPT contingent commission adjustments			—			0.2			—			0.4
Losses and LAE excluding LPT⁽¹⁾	C	$	141.8		$	110.9			264.1			229.5
Prior year loss reserve development			0.3			(9.1	)		1.6			(9.2	)
Losses and LAE excluding LPT – current accident year	D	$	141.5		$	120.0		$	262.5		$	238.7
Commission expense	E	$	26.1		$	26.0		$	49.1		$	51.1
Underwriting expenses	F	$	43.1		$	42.2		$	86.0		$	88.4
GAAP combined ratio:
Loss and LAE ratio	B/A		70.7	%		57.9	%		68.4	%		60.5	%
Commission expense ratio	E/A		13.2			13.9			12.9			13.7
Underwriting expense ratio	F/A		21.7			22.4			22.6			23.7
GAAP combined ratio			105.6	%		94.2	%		103.9	%		97.9	%
Combined ratio excluding LPT:⁽¹⁾
Loss and LAE ratio excluding LPT	C/A		71.5	%		59.1	%		69.3	%		61.6	%
Commission expense ratio	E/A		13.2			13.9			12.9			13.7
Underwriting expense ratio	F/A		21.7			22.4			22.6			23.7
Combined ratio excluding LPT			106.4	%		95.4	%		104.8	%		99.0	%
Combined ratio excluding LPT: current accident year:⁽¹⁾
Loss and LAE ratio excluding LPT	D/A		71.4	%		63.9	%		68.8	%		64.1	%
Commission expense ratio	E/A		13.2			13.9			12.9			13.7
Underwriting expense ratio	F/A		21.7			22.4			22.6			23.7
Combined ratio excluding LPT: current accident year			106.3	%		100.2	%		104.3	%		101.5	%

(1) See Page 10 for information regarding our use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.

EMPLOYERS HOLDINGS, INC. Roll-forward of Unpaid Losses and LAE (unaudited) $ in millions

	Three Months Ended					Six Months Ended
	June 30,					June 30,
		2025		2024			2025		2024

Unpaid losses and LAE at beginning of period	$	1,792.6	$	1,874.5		$	1,808.2	$	1,884.5
Reinsurance recoverable, excluding CECL allowance, on unpaid losses and LAE		407.1		424.0			412.4		428.4
Net unpaid losses and LAE at beginning of period		1,385.5		1,450.5			1,395.8		1,456.1
Losses and LAE incurred:
Current year losses		141.5		120.0			262.5		238.7
Prior year losses on voluntary business		—		(9.3	)		0.7		(9.3	)
Prior year losses on involuntary business		0.3		0.2			0.9		0.1
Total losses incurred		141.8		110.9			264.1		229.5
Losses and LAE paid:
Current year losses		26.0		24.1			34.0		30.9
Prior year losses		115.5		104.7			240.1		222.1
Total paid losses		141.5		128.8			274.1		253.0
Net unpaid losses and LAE at end of period		1,385.8		1,432.6			1,385.8		1,432.6
Reinsurance recoverable, excluding CECL allowance, on unpaid losses and LAE		401.0		418.3			401.0		418.3
Unpaid losses and LAE at end of period	$	1,786.8	$	1,850.9		$	1,786.8	$	1,850.9

Total losses and LAE shown in the above table exclude amortization of the Deferred Gain and LPT contingent commission adjustments, which totaled $1.7 million and $2.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and $3.3 million and $4.2 million, for the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

EMPLOYERS HOLDINGS, INC. Consolidated Investment Portfolio (unaudited) $ in millions

	June 30, 2025									December 31, 2024
Investment Positions:	Cost or Amortized Cost ⁽¹⁾		Net Unrealized Gain (Loss)			Fair Value		%		Fair Value		%
Fixed maturity securities	$	2,145.5	$	(67.4	)	$	2,077.0	82	%	$	2,097.4	83	%
Equity securities		155.5		120.1			275.6	11			259.8	10
Short-term investments		9.0		—			9.0	—			0.1	—
Other invested assets		85.9		12.7			98.6	4			106.6	4
Cash and cash equivalents		69.1		—			69.1	3			68.3	3
Restricted cash and cash equivalents		0.2		—			0.2	—			0.2	—
Total investments and cash	$	2,465.2	$	65.4		$	2,529.5	100	%	$	2,532.4	100	%

Breakout of Fixed Maturity Securities:
U.S. Treasuries and agencies	$	68.0	$	(0.5	)	$	67.5	3	%	$	59.3	3	%
States and municipalities		169.9		(2.0	)		167.9	8			159.3	8
Corporate securities		822.2		(24.8	)		797.2	38			803.0	38
Mortgage-backed securities		713.5		(37.3	)		675.9	33			684.9	33
Asset-backed securities		195.9		(0.1	)		195.8	9			214.0	10
Collateralized loan obligations		26.0		(0.1	)		25.9	1			35.3	2
Bank loans and other		150.0		(2.6	)		146.8	7			141.6	7
Total fixed maturity securities	$	2,145.5	$	(67.4	)	$	2,077.0	100	%	$	2,097.4	100	%

Weighted average book yield	4.5%	4.5%
Average credit quality (S&P)	A+	A+
Duration⁽²⁾	4.3	4.5
(1) Amortized cost excludes allowance for current expected credit losses of $1.1 million
(2) Duration is measured by the sensitivity to changes in interest rates

EMPLOYERS HOLDINGS, INC. Book Value Per Share (unaudited) $ in millions, except per share amounts

		June 30, 2025			March 31, 2025			December 31, 2024			June 30, 2024
Numerators:
Stockholders’ equity	A	$	1,083.1		$	1,075.7		$	1,068.7		$	1,022.9
Plus: Deferred Gain			90.7			92.4			94.0			95.3
Stockholders’ equity including the Deferred Gain ⁽¹⁾	B		1,173.8			1,168.1			1,162.7			1,118.2
Accumulated other comprehensive loss			67.3			76.8			104.5			125.3
Income taxes related to accumulated other comprehensive loss			(14.1	)		(16.1	)		(22.0	)		(26.3	)
Adjusted stockholders’ equity ⁽¹⁾	C	$	1,227.0		$	1,228.8		$	1,245.2		$	1,217.2

Denominator (shares outstanding)	D		23,740,953			24,210,602			24,556,706			24,896,116

Book value per share ⁽¹⁾	A / D	$	45.62		$	44.43		$	43.52		$	41.09
Book value per share including the Deferred Gain⁽¹⁾	B / D		49.44			48.25			47.35			44.91
Adjusted book value per share ⁽¹⁾	C / D		51.68			50.75			50.71			48.89

Year-over-year change in: ⁽²⁾
Book value per share			14.0	%		13.5	%		11.9	%		15.7	%
Book value per share including the Deferred Gain			12.8			12.3			10.6			14.0
Adjusted book value per share			8.2			8.5			9.8			10.2

(1) See Page 10 for information regarding our use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.
(2) Reflects the twelve month change in book value per share after taking into account dividends declared of $1.22, $1.20, $1.18 and $1.14 for the twelve month periods ended June 30, 2025, March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024 and June 30, 2024, respectively.

EMPLOYERS HOLDINGS, INC. Earnings Per Share (unaudited) $ in millions, except per share amounts

		Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
		June 30,						June 30,
			2025			2024			2025			2024
Numerators:
Net income	A	$	29.7		$	31.7		$	42.5		$	60.0
Impact of the LPT Agreement			(1.7	)		(2.1	)		(3.3	)		(4.2	)
Net income excluding LPT ⁽¹⁾	B		28.0			29.6			39.2			55.8
Net realized and unrealized gains on investments			(20.9	)		(2.2	)		(8.1	)		(13.6	)
Income tax expense related to items excluded from Net income			4.4			0.5			1.7			2.9
Adjusted net income ⁽¹⁾	C	$	11.5		$	27.9		$	32.8		$	45.1

Denominators:
Average common shares outstanding (basic)	D		24,005,881			25,278,473			24,201,160			25,312,208
Average common shares outstanding (diluted)	E		24,136,221			25,363,941			24,370,311			25,449,957

Earnings per share:
Basic	A / D	$	1.24		$	1.25		$	1.76		$	2.37
Diluted	A / E		1.23			1.25			1.74			2.36

Earnings per share excluding LPT: ⁽¹⁾
Basic	B / D	$	1.17		$	1.17		$	1.62		$	2.20
Diluted	B / E		1.16			1.17			1.61			2.19

Adjusted earnings per share: ⁽¹⁾
Basic	C / D	$	0.48		$	1.10		$	1.36		$	1.78
Diluted	C / E		0.48			1.10			1.35			1.77

(1) See Page 10 for information regarding our use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Within this earnings release we present the following measures, each of which are “non-GAAP financial measures.” A reconciliation of these measures to the Company’s most directly comparable GAAP financial measures is included herein. Management believes that these non-GAAP measures are important to the Company’s investors, analysts and other interested parties who benefit from having an objective and consistent basis for comparison with other companies within our industry. Management further believes that these measures are more relevant than comparable GAAP measures in evaluating our financial performance.

The LPT Agreement is a non-recurring transaction that no longer provides any ongoing cash benefits to the Company. Management believes that providing non-GAAP measures that exclude the effects of the LPT Agreement (amortization of deferred reinsurance gain, adjustments to LPT Agreement ceded reserves and adjustments to the contingent commission receivable) is useful in providing investors, analysts and other interested parties a meaningful understanding of the Company’s ongoing underwriting performance.

Deferred reinsurance gain (Deferred Gain) reflects the unamortized gain from the LPT Agreement. This gain has been deferred and is being amortized using the recovery method, whereby the amortization is determined by the proportion of actual reinsurance recoveries to total estimated recoveries, except for the contingent profit commission, which was amortized through June 30, 2024, the date of its final determination. Amortization is reflected in losses and LAE incurred.

Adjusted net income (see Page 3 for calculations) is net income excluding the effects of the LPT Agreement, and net realized and unrealized gains and losses on investments (net of tax), and any miscellaneous non-recurring transactions (net of tax). Management believes that providing this non-GAAP measures is helpful to investors, analysts and other interested parties in identifying trends in the Company’s operating performance because such items have limited significance to its ongoing operations or can be impacted by both discretionary and other economic factors and may not represent operating trends.

Stockholders’ equity including the Deferred Gain (see Page 8 for calculations) is stockholders’ equity including the Deferred Gain. Management believes that providing this non-GAAP measure is useful in providing investors, analysts and other interested parties a meaningful measure of the Company’s total underwriting capital.

Adjusted stockholders’ equity (see Page 8 for calculations) is stockholders’ equity including the Deferred Gain, less accumulated other comprehensive income (net of tax). Management believes that providing this non-GAAP measure is useful to investors, analysts and other interested parties since it serves as the denominator to the Company’s adjusted return on stockholders’ equity metric.

Return on stockholders’ equity and Adjusted return on stockholders’ equity (see Page 4 for calculations). Management believes that these profitability measures are widely used by our investors, analysts and other interested parties.

Book value per share, Book value per share including the Deferred Gain, and Adjusted book value per share (see Page 8 for calculations). Management believes that these valuation measures are widely used by our investors, analysts and other interested parties.

Net income excluding LPT (see Page 3 for calculations). Management believes that these performance and underwriting measures are widely used by our investors, analysts and other interested parties.

The MIL Network –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI: Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. Announces Second Quarter 2025 Results

Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

OSWEGO, N.Y., July 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. (“Pathfinder” or the “Company”) (NASDAQ: PBHC) announced its financial results for the second quarter ended June 30, 2025.

The holding company for Pathfinder Bank (“the Bank”) reported net income attributable to common shareholders of $31,000, or less than $0.01 per diluted share in the second quarter of 2025, compared to $3.0 million or $0.47 per diluted share in the first quarter of 2025 and $2.0 million or $0.32 per share in the second quarter of 2024.

Second Quarter 2025 Highlights and Key Developments

The Company continued to undertake proactive measures in the second quarter to mitigate credit risk and enhance asset quality metrics for the long term. These included the July 2025 sale of $9.3 million in nonperforming and classified loans associated with one local commercial relationship for a pre-tax loss of $3.1 million recorded as a second quarter 2025 lower of cost or market adjustment to loans held for sale (“LOCOM HFS adjustment”), representing $0.40 per diluted share net of tax, as well as $2.6 million in net charge offs (“NCOs”) that are reflected in provision expense of $1.2 million.
Nonperforming loans declined to $11.7 million at period end, improving by 11.7% during the second quarter and 52.3% from June 30, 2024. Nonperforming loans also declined to 1.28% of total loans at period end, improving from 1.45% on March 31, 2025 and 2.76% on June 30, 2024.
Total deposits were $1.22 billion at period end, compared to $1.26 billion on March 31, 2025 and $1.10 billion on June 30, 2024. During the second quarter of 2025, total balances declined on reductions in higher-cost time and money market accounts, as well as regular municipal deposit seasonality. Core deposits grew to 78.47% of total deposits at period end from 78.31% on March 31, 2025 and 67.98% on June 30, 2024.
Total loans were $909.7 million at period end, reflecting the move of $3.2 million in balances to held-for-sale status for the July 2025 sale of nonperforming and classified loans, compared to $912.2 million on March 31, 2025 and $888.3 million on June 30, 2024. Commercial loans grew to $549.1 million or 60.4% of total loans at period end, compared to $542.7 million on March 31, 2025 and $527.2 million on June 30, 2024.
Net interest income was $10.8 million and net interest margin (“NIM”) was 3.11% in the second quarter of 2025. Linked quarter results reflected 2024 interest recovered from loans removed from nonaccrual status and income from prepayment fees, adding approximately $347,000 to net interest income of $11.4 million and 10 basis points to NIM of 3.31%. Second quarter 2024 net interest income was $9.5 million and NIM was 2.78%.
The efficiency ratio was 65.66%, compared to 67.19% in the linked quarter and 74.36% in the year-ago period. The efficiency ratio, which is not a financial metric under generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), is a measure that the Company believes is helpful to understanding its level of non-interest expense as a percentage of total revenue.
Pre-tax, pre-provision (“PTPP”) net income was $4.2 million, compared to $4.2 million in the linked quarter and $2.8 million in the year-ago period. PTPP net income, which is not a financial metric under GAAP, is a measure that the Company believes is helpful to understanding profitability without giving effect to income taxes and provision for credit losses.

“Pathfinder’s more exacting approach to proactive credit risk mitigation continues to be implemented, with measures taken to proactively address certain loans experiencing credit deterioration resulting in elevated charge offs and the sale of nonperforming and classified commercial loans associated with a single in-market commercial relationship,” said President and Chief Executive Officer James A. Dowd. “These steps were taken as part of our ongoing efforts to enhance Pathfinder’s asset quality and resilience over the long term.”

Dowd added, “Growing our Central New York core deposit franchise remains an ongoing area of focus, as it continues to serve as a valuable source of low-cost funding for local, relationship-based lending opportunities with small- and middle-market businesses and consumers in our attractive regional markets.”

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin
Second quarter 2025 net interest income was $10.8 million, a decrease of $597,000, or 5.2%, from the first quarter of 2025. The decrease from the linked quarter was due in part to approximately $347,000 of first quarter 2025 net interest income attributed to 2024 interest recovered from loans removed from nonaccrual status and income from prepayment fees.

A decrease in interest and dividend income of $259,000 from the linked quarter was attributed to average yield decreases of 22 basis points on loans, which benefited by 15 basis points from 2024 interest recovered from loans removed from nonaccrual status and income from prepayment fees in the first quarter of 2025. The interest and dividend income decrease was also attributed to 5 basis points on fed funds sold and interest-earning deposits, and 11 basis points on all interest-earning assets, partially offset by average yield increases on taxable and tax-exempt securities of 3 and 76 basis points, respectively. In addition, average loan balances declined by $4.9 million, while average balances of lower-yielding taxable securities increased by $18.5 million. The corresponding decrease in loan interest income and federal funds sold and interest-earning deposits was $566,000 and $21,000, respectively, partially offset by increases in taxable and tax-exempt securities income of $337,000 and $63,000, respectively. An increase in interest expense from the first quarter of 2025 of $338,000 was primarily attributed to a 5 basis point increase in the average cost of interest bearing deposits.

Net interest margin was 3.11% in the second quarter of 2025 compared to 3.31% in the first quarter 2025. The decrease of 20 basis points reflected lower average loan yields and higher average interest bearing deposit costs in the second quarter of 2025, as well as approximately 10 basis points of first quarter 2025 margin attributed to 2024 interest recovered from loans removed from nonaccrual status and income from prepayment fees.

Second quarter 2025 net interest income was $10.8 million, an increase of $1.3 million, or 14.1%, from the second quarter of 2024. An increase in interest and dividend income of $160,000 was primarily attributed to average yield increases of 11 basis points on loans and a $25.9 million increase in average loan balances. The corresponding increase in loan interest income was $617,000. A decrease in interest expense of $1.2 million was attributed to reductions in the average cost of interest bearing deposits and total interest-bearing liabilities of 40 basis points and 45 basis points, respectively, as well as reductions in brokered deposits and short-term borrowings expense associated with paydowns of brokered deposits and borrowings utilizing a portion of the low-cost liquidity provided by core deposit growth.

Net interest margin was 3.11% in the second quarter of 2025 compared to 2.78% in the second quarter of 2024. The increase of 33 basis points reflected higher average loan yields and lower average deposit and borrowing costs in the second quarter of 2025, as compared to the year-ago period.

Noninterest Income
Second quarter 2025 noninterest income includes the $3.1 million LOCOM HFS adjustment, with an after-tax effect of $2.5 million or $0.40 per diluted share. Nonperforming and classified loans associated with one local commercial relationship dating back to 2013, with an original principal balance of $9.3 million and a June 30, 2025 principal balance of $6.3 million were sold in July 2025 for $3.2 million to an undisclosed financial buyer.

Second quarter 2025 noninterest income totaled negative $1.5 million, reflecting the $3.1 million LOCOM HFS adjustment, and no longer includes contributions from the insurance agency business sold in October 2024. Noninterest income was $1.2 million in the linked quarter and $1.2 million, including $260,000 in insurance revenue, in the year-ago period.

Compared to the linked quarter, second quarter 2025 noninterest income reflected increases of $179,000 in debit card interchange fees and $6,000 in service charges on deposit accounts, as well as a decrease of $6,000 in earnings and gain on bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”). Compared to the linked quarter, second quarter 2025 noninterest income also reflected increases of $202,000 in net unrealized gains on marketable equity securities, as well as decreases of $8,000 in net realized losses on sales and redemptions of investment securities and $4,000 in loan servicing fees.

Compared to the year-ago period, second quarter 2025 noninterest income included increases of $50,000 in service charges on deposit accounts, as well as decreases of $11,000 in earnings and gain on BOLI, and $11,000 in debit card interchange fees. Compared to the year-ago period, second quarter 2025 noninterest income also reflected an increase of $559,000 in net unrealized gains on marketable equity securities, as well as decreases of $16,000 in net realized gains on sales and redemptions of investment securities and $15,000 in loan servicing fees.

Noninterest Expense
Noninterest expense totaled $8.1 million in the second quarter of 2025, including $595,000 in costs associated with the East Syracuse branch acquired in July 2024 and excluding costs for the insurance agency business sold in October 2024. Noninterest expense was $8.4 million in the linked quarter, including East Syracuse branch costs of $577,000, and $7.9 million in the year-ago period, including insurance agency costs of $232,000.

Salaries and benefits were $4.5 million in the second quarter of 2025, in line with the linked quarter and increased $126,000 from the year-ago period. The increase from the second quarter of 2024 was primarily attributed to the July 2024 East Syracuse Branch Acquisition, which had $116,000 of total salary and benefit expenses in the second quarter of 2025. Excluding the East Syracuse branch, salaries and benefits increased $10,000 from the year-ago period. This increase from the second quarter of 2024 was primarily attributed to a $183,000 increase in stock-based compensation, partially offset by a $106,000 decrease in employee benefits, a $51,000 decrease in salaries and benefits expenses, and a $16,000 decrease in director compensation.

Building and occupancy was $1.2 million in the second quarter of 2025, decreasing $117,000 from the linked quarter and increasing $316,000 from the year-ago quarter. The decrease from the linked quarter reflected lower costs associated with building maintenance primarily related to snow removal. The increase from the first quarter of last year was primarily due to ongoing facilities-related costs associated with operating the East Syracuse branch acquired in July 2024.

Data processing expense was $667,000 in the second quarter of 2025, in line with the linked quarter and increasing $117,000 from the year-ago period. The increase from the second quarter of 2024 was primarily attributed to the ongoing operations of the East Syracuse branch acquired in July 2024.

No FDIC assessment expense was recorded in the second quarter of 2025, due to modest over-accruals in prior periods, compared to $229,000 and $228,000 in the linked and year-ago periods, respectively. The Company anticipates more normalized FDIC assessments in the future and expects this expense to range between $220,000 to $230,000 per quarter in the second half of 2025.

Annualized noninterest expense represented 2.18% of average assets in the second quarter of 2025, compared to 2.33% and 2.19% in the linked and year-ago periods. The efficiency ratio was 65.66%, compared to 67.19% and 74.36% in the linked and year-ago periods, respectively. The efficiency ratio, which is not a financial metric under GAAP, is a measure that the Company believes is helpful to understanding its level of non-interest expense as a percentage of total revenue.

Net Income
For the second quarter of 2025, net income attributable to common shareholders was $31,000, or less than $0.01 per basic and diluted share. Linked quarter net income was $3.0 million, or $0.48 per basic share and $0.47 per diluted share. Second quarter 2024 net income totaled $2.0 million or $0.32 per basic and diluted share.

Statement of Financial Condition
As of June 30, 2025, the Company’s statement of financial condition reflects total assets of $1.51 billion, compared to $1.50 billion and $1.45 billion recorded on March 31, 2025 and June 30, 2024, respectively.

Loans totaled $909.7 million on June 30, 2025, after $3.2 million in balances were moved to held-for-sale status for the July 2025 sale of nonperforming and classified loans, resulting in a decrease of $2.4 million or 0.3% from March 31, 2025. Total loans increased $21.5 million or 2.4% from one year prior. Consumer and residential loans totaled $362.1 million, decreasing 2.4% during the second quarter and increasing 0.2% from one year prior. Commercial loans totaled $549.1 million, increasing 1.2% during the second quarter and 4.1% from one year prior, despite the recent loan sale.

With respect to liabilities, deposits totaled $1.22 billion on June 30, 2025, decreasing 3.4% on reductions in higher-cost time and money market accounts, as well as regular municipal deposit seasonality, during the second quarter and increasing 11.0% from one year prior.

Shareholders’ equity totaled $124.4 million on June 30, 2025, decreasing $483,000 or 0.4% in the second quarter and increasing $1.1 million or 0.9% from one year prior. The second quarter 2025 decrease primarily reflects a $599,000 decrease in retained earnings, a $426,000 decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss (“AOCL”), and a $542,000 increase in additional paid in capital. Noncontrolling interest, previously included in equity on the Statements of Financial Condition, was eliminated in October 2024 upon the sale of the Company’s 51% insurance agency ownership interest.

Asset Quality
The Company’s asset quality metrics reflect ongoing efforts the Bank is undertaking as part of its commitment to continuously improve its credit risk management approach.

Nonperforming loans were $11.7 million, or 1.28% of total loans on June 30, 2025, compared to $13.2 million or 1.45% on March 31, 2025 and $24.5 million or 2.76% on June 30, 2024. Continued improvement in nonperforming loans in the second quarter of 2025 primarily resulted from the recent sale of loans associated with one local commercial relationship dating to 2013.

NCOs after recoveries were $2.6 million or an annualized 1.14% of average loans in the second quarter of 2025, with gross charge offs for consumer loans, purchased loan pools, and commercial loans, offsetting recoveries in each of these categories. NCOs were $340,000 or an annualized 0.15% of average loans in the linked quarter and $66,000 or 0.03% in the prior year period.

Provision for credit loss expense was $1.2 million in the second quarter of 2025 primarily reflecting NCOs in the period, partially offset by reductions related to quantitative and qualitative factors in the Company’s reserve model. The provision was $457,000 and $290,000 in the linked and year-ago quarters, respectively.

The Company believes it is sufficiently collateralized and reserved, with an Allowance for Credit Losses (“ACL”) of $16.0 million on June 30, 2025, compared to $17.4 million on March 31, 2025 and $16.9 million on June 30, 2024. As a percentage of total loans, ACL represented 1.76% on June 30, 2025, 1.91% on March 31, 2025, and 1.90% on June 30, 2024.

Liquidity
The Company has diligently ensured a strong liquidity profile as of June 30, 2025 to meet its ongoing financial obligations. The Bank’s liquidity management, as evaluated by its cash reserves and operational cash flows from loan repayments and investment securities, remains robust and is effectively managed by the institution’s leadership.

The Bank’s analysis indicates that expected cash inflows from loans and investment securities are more than sufficient to meet all projected financial obligations. Total deposits were $1.22 billion on June 30, 2025, compared to $1.26 billion on March 31, 2025 and $1.10 billion on June 30, 2024. Decreases in total deposits primarily reflect reductions in higher-cost time and money market accounts, as well as regular municipal deposit seasonality. Core deposits grew to 78.47% of total deposits on June 30, 2025, compared to 78.31% on March 31, 2025 and 67.98% on June 30, 2024. The Bank continues to implement strategic initiatives to enhance its core deposit franchise, including targeted marketing campaigns and customer engagement programs aimed at deepening banking relationships and enhancing deposit stability.

On June 30, 2025, Pathfinder Bancorp had an available additional funding capacity of $124.5 million with the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, which complements its liquidity reserves. Moreover, the Bank maintains additional unused credit lines totaling $46.5 million, which provide a buffer for additional funding needs. These facilities, including access to the Federal Reserve’s Discount Window, are part of a comprehensive liquidity strategy that ensures flexibility and readiness to respond to any funding requirements.

Cash Dividend Declared
On June 30, 2025, Pathfinder’s Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.10 per share for holders of both voting common and non-voting common stock.

In addition, this dividend also extends to the notional shares of the Company’s warrants. Shareholders registered by July 18, 2025 will be eligible for the dividend, which is scheduled for disbursement on August 8, 2025. This distribution aligns with Pathfinder Bancorp’s philosophy of consistent and reliable delivery of shareholder value.

Evaluating the Company’s market performance, the closing stock price as of June 30, 2025 stood at $15.34 per share. This positions the annualized dividend yield at 2.61%.

About Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.
Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. (NASDAQ: PBHC) is the bank holding company for Pathfinder Bank, which serves Central New York customers throughout Oswego, Syracuse, and their neighboring communities. Strategically located branches, as well as diversified consumer, mortgage, and commercial loan portfolios, reflect the state-chartered Bank’s commitment to in-market relationships and local customer service. The Company also offers investment services to individuals and businesses. More information is available at pathfinderbank.com and ir.pathfinderbank.com.

Forward-Looking Statements
Certain statements contained herein are “forward looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These forward-looking statements are generally identified by use of the words “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “project” or similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs, such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” or “may.” These forward-looking statements are based on current beliefs and expectations of the Company’s and the Bank’s management and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the Company’s and the Bank’s control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change. Actual results may differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements as a result of numerous factors. Factors that could cause such differences to exist include, but are not limited to: risks related to the real estate and economic environment, particularly in the market areas in which the Company and the Bank operate; fiscal and monetary policies of the U.S. Government; inflation; changes in government regulations affecting financial institutions, including regulatory compliance costs and capital requirements; fluctuations in the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses; decreases in deposit levels necessitating increased borrowing to fund loans and investments; operational risks including, but not limited to, cybersecurity, fraud and natural disasters; the risk that the Company may not be successful in the implementation of its business strategy; changes in prevailing interest rates; credit risk management; asset-liability management; and other risks described in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which are available at the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov.

This release contains non-GAAP financial measures. For purposes of Regulation G, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a registrant’s historical or future financial performance, financial position, or cash flows that excludes amounts, or is subject to adjustments that have the effect of excluding amounts, that are included in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP in the statement of income, balance sheet, or statement of cash flows (or equivalent statements) of the registrant; or includes amounts, or is subject to adjustments that have the effect of including amounts, that are excluded from the most directly comparable measure so calculated and presented. In this regard, GAAP refers to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. Pursuant to the requirements of Regulation G, the Company has provided reconciliations within the release of the non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

PATHFINDER BANCORP, INC.
Selected Financial Information (Unaudited)
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

	2025						2024
SELECTED BALANCE SHEET DATA:	June 30,			March 31,			December 31,			September 30,			June 30,
ASSETS:
Cash and due from banks	$	16,183		$	18,606		$	13,963		$	18,923		$	12,022
Interest-earning deposits		15,292			32,862			17,609			16,401			19,797
Total cash and cash equivalents		31,475			51,468			31,572			35,324			31,819
Available-for-sale securities, at fair value		300,951			284,051			269,331			271,977			274,977
Held-to-maturity securities, at amortized cost		157,892			155,704			158,683			161,385			166,271
Marketable equity securities, at fair value		4,881			4,401			4,076			3,872			3,793
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost		5,278			2,906			4,590			5,401			8,702
Loans held-for-sale		3,161			–			–			–			–
Loans, net of deferred fees		909,723			912,150			918,986			921,660			888,263
Less: Allowance for credit losses		15,983			17,407			17,243			17,274			16,892
Loans receivable, net		893,740			894,743			901,743			904,386			871,371
Premises and equipment, net		19,047			19,233			19,009			18,989			18,878
Assets held-for-sale		–			–			–			–			3,042
Operating lease right-of-use assets		1,115			1,356			1,391			1,425			1,459
Finance lease right-of-use assets		16,280			16,478			16,676			16,873			4,004
Accrued interest receivable		6,889			6,748			6,881			6,806			7,076
Foreclosed real estate		83			–			–			–			60
Intangible assets, net		5,675			5,832			5,989			6,217			76
Goodwill		5,056			5,056			5,056			5,752			4,536
Bank owned life insurance		31,045			24,889			24,727			24,560			24,967
Other assets		22,551			22,472			25,150			20,159			25,180
Total assets	$	1,505,119		$	1,495,337		$	1,474,874		$	1,483,126		$	1,446,211

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Deposits:
Interest-bearing deposits	$	1,030,155		$	1,061,166		$	990,805		$	986,103		$	932,132
Noninterest-bearing deposits		191,732			203,314			213,719			210,110			169,145
Total deposits		1,221,887			1,264,480			1,204,524			1,196,213			1,101,277
Short-term borrowings		75,500			27,000			61,000			60,315			127,577
Long-term borrowings		20,977			17,628			27,068			39,769			45,869
Subordinated debt		30,206			30,156			30,107			30,057			30,008
Accrued interest payable		813			844			546			236			2,092
Operating lease liabilities		1,313			1,560			1,591			1,621			1,652
Finance lease liabilities		16,566			16,655			16,745			16,829			4,359
Other liabilities		13,444			12,118			11,810			16,986			9,203
Total liabilities		1,380,706			1,370,441			1,353,391			1,362,026			1,322,037
Shareholders’ equity:
Voting common stock shares issued and outstanding		4,788,109			4,761,182			4,745,366			4,719,788			4,719,788
Voting common stock	$	48		$	48		$	47		$	47		$	47
Non-voting common stock		14			14			14			14			14
Additional paid in capital		53,645			53,103			52,750			53,231			53,182
Retained earnings		79,564			80,163			77,816			73,670			78,936
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(8,858	)		(8,432	)		(9,144	)		(6,716	)		(8,786	)
Unearned ESOP shares		–			–			–			–			(45	)
Total Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. shareholders’ equity		124,413			124,896			121,483			120,246			123,348
Noncontrolling interest		–			–			–			854			826
Total equity		124,413			124,896			121,483			121,100			124,174
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	1,505,119		$	1,495,337		$	1,474,874		$	1,483,126		$	1,446,211

The above information is unaudited and preliminary, based on the Company’s data available at the time of presentation.

	Six Months Ended June 30,						2025						2024
SELECTED INCOME STATEMENT DATA:	2025			2024			Q2			Q1			Q4			Q3			Q2
Interest and dividend income:
Loans, including fees	$	26,778		$	24,757		$	13,106		$	13,672		$	13,523		$	14,425		$	12,489
Debt securities:
Taxable		10,707			11,343			5,522			5,185			5,312			5,664			5,736
Tax-exempt		867			1,006			465			402			445			469			498
Dividends		114			307			21			93			164			149			178
Federal funds sold and interest-earning deposits		157			219			68			89			82			492			121
Total interest and dividend income		38,623			37,632			19,182			19,441			19,526			21,199			19,022
Interest expense:
Interest on deposits		14,263			15,037			7,318			6,945			7,823			7,633			7,626
Interest on short-term borrowings		1,040			2,340			495			545			700			1,136			1,226
Interest on long-term borrowings		137			395			72			65			136			202			201
Interest on subordinated debt		958			980			483			475			490			496			489
Total interest expense		16,398			18,752			8,368			8,030			9,149			9,467			9,542
Net interest income		22,225			18,880			10,814			11,411			10,377			11,732			9,480
Provision for (benefit from) credit losses:
Loans		1,677			1,014			1,173			504			988			9,104			304
Held-to-maturity securities		5			(59	)		5			–			(5	)		(31	)		(74	)
Unfunded commitments		(28	)		61			19			(47	)		5			(104	)		60
Total provision for credit losses		1,654			1,016			1,197			457			988			8,969			290
Net interest income after provision for credit losses		20,571			17,864			9,617			10,954			9,389			2,763			9,190
Noninterest income:
Service charges on deposit accounts		754			639			380			374			405			392			330
Earnings and gain on bank owned life insurance		318			324			156			162			169			361			167
Loan servicing fees		198			200			97			101			96			79			112
Net realized (losses) gains on sales and redemptions of investment securities		(8	)		(132	)		–			(8	)		249			(188	)		16
Gain on asset sale ^{1 & 2}		–			–			–			–			3,169			–			–
Net unrealized gains (losses) on marketable equity securities		638			(31	)		420			218			166			62			(139	)
Gains on sales of loans and foreclosed real estate		148			58			83			65			39			90			40
LOCOM HFS adjustment ³		(3,064	)		–			(3,064	)		–			–			–			–
Loss on sale of premises and equipment		–			–			–			–			–			(36	)		–
Debit card interchange fees		181			310			180			1			265			300			191
Insurance agency revenue ¹		–			657			–			–			49			367			260
Other charges, commissions & fees		514			923			230			284			299			280			234
Total noninterest (loss) income		(321	)		2,948			(1,518	)		1,197			4,906			1,707			1,211
Noninterest expense:
Salaries and employee benefits		8,975			8,728			4,525			4,450			4,123			4,959			4,399
Building and occupancy		2,577			1,730			1,230			1,347			1,254			1,134			914
Data processing		1,333			1,078			667			666			721			672			550
Professional and other services		1,384			1,258			778			606			608			1,820			696
Advertising		218			221			77			141			218			165			116
FDIC assessments		229			457			–			229			231			228			228
Audits and exams		174			293			60			114			123			123			123
Amortization expense		314			8			157			157			27			124			5
Insurance agency expense ¹		–			517			–			–			456			308			232
Community service activities		39			91			28			11			19			20			39
Foreclosed real estate expenses		50			55			29			21			20			27			30
Other expenses		1,201			1,178			510			691			744			679			576
Total noninterest expense		16,494			15,614			8,061			8,433			8,544			10,259			7,908
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes		3,756			5,198			38			3,718			5,751			(5,789	)		2,493
Provision (benefit) for income taxes		751			1,013			7			744			492			(1,173	)		481
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest and Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.		3,005			4,185			31			2,974			5,259			(4,616	)		2,012
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest ¹		–			65			–			–			1,352			28			12
Net income (loss) attributable to Pathfinder Bancorp Inc.	$	3,005		$	4,120		$	31		$	2,974		$	3,907		$	(4,644	)	$	2,000
Voting Earnings per common share – basic	$	0.48		$	0.66		$	–		$	0.48		$	0.63		$	(0.75	)	$	0.32
Voting Earnings per common share – diluted ⁴	$	0.47		$	0.66		$	–		$	0.47		$	0.63		$	(0.75	)	$	0.32
Series A Non-Voting Earnings per common share- basic	$	0.48		$	0.66		$	–		$	0.48		$	0.63		$	(0.75	)	$	0.32
Series A Non-Voting Earnings per common share- diluted ⁴	$	0.47		$	0.66		$	–		$	0.47		$	0.63		$	(0.75	)	$	0.32
Dividends per common share (Voting and Series A Non-Voting)	$	0.20		$	0.20		$	0.10		$	0.10		$	0.10		$	0.10		$	0.10

¹ Although the Company owned 51% of its membership interest in FitzGibbons Agency, LLC (“Agency”) the Company is required to consolidate 100% of the Agency within the consolidated financial statements. The Company sold its 51% membership interest in the Agency in October 2024.
² The $3,169,000 consolidated gain on asset sale equals $1,616,000 associated with the Company’s 51% interest in the Agency plus $1,553,000 associated with the 49% noncontrolling interest.
³ The loss reflects a valuation adjustment “Lower-of-cost-or-market” adjustment on loans held for sale to their estimated market value based on active sale negotiations.
⁴ Diluted earnings per share for the first quarter of 2025 has been updated to $0.47, from the $0.41 reported previously.

The above information is unaudited and preliminary, based on the Company’s data available at the time of presentation.

	Six Months Ended June 30,						2025						2024
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS:	2025			2024			Q2			Q1			Q4			Q3			Q2
Selected Ratios:
Return on average assets		0.41	%		0.58	%		0.01	%		0.81	%		1.07	%		-1.25	%		0.56	%
Return on average common equity		4.83	%		6.74	%		0.10	%		9.64	%		12.85	%		-14.79	%		6.49	%
Return on average equity		4.83	%		6.74	%		0.10	%		9.64	%		12.85	%		-14.79	%		6.49	%
Return on average tangible common equity ¹		5.34	%		7.05	%		0.11	%		10.52	%		14.17	%		-15.28	%		6.78	%
Net interest margin		3.21	%		2.77	%		3.11	%		3.31	%		3.02	%		3.34	%		2.78	%
Loans / deposits		74.45	%		80.66	%		74.45	%		72.14	%		76.29	%		77.05	%		80.66	%
Core deposits/deposits ²		78.47	%		67.98	%		78.47	%		78.31	%		76.86	%		77.45	%		67.98	%
Annualized non-interest expense / average assets		2.26	%		2.20	%		2.18	%		2.33	%		2.33	%		2.75	%		2.19	%
Commercial real estate / risk-based capital ³		183.34	%		169.73	%		183.34	%		182.62	%		186.73	%		189.47	%		169.73	%
Efficiency ratio ¹		66.43	%		71.29	%		65.66	%		67.19	%		72.25	%		75.78	%		74.36	%

Other Selected Data:
Average yield on loans		5.86	%		5.56	%		5.75	%		5.97	%		5.87	%		6.31	%		5.64	%
Average cost of interest bearing deposits		2.78	%		3.14	%		2.81	%		2.76	%		3.12	%		3.11	%		3.21	%
Average cost of total deposits, including non-interest bearing		2.33	%		2.67	%		2.37	%		2.29	%		2.59	%		2.59	%		2.72	%
Deposits/branch ⁴	$	101,824		$	100,116		$	101,824		$	105,373		$	100,377		$	99,684		$	100,116
Pre-tax, pre-provision net income ¹	$	8,334		$	6,288		$	4,216		$	4,183		$	3,321		$	3,368		$	2,767
Total revenue ¹	$	24,828		$	21,902		$	12,277		$	12,616		$	11,865		$	13,627		$	10,675

Share and Per Share Data:
Cash dividends per share	$	0.20		$	0.20		$	0.10		$	0.10		$	0.10		$	0.10		$	0.10
Book value per common share	$	20.17		$	20.22		$	20.17		$	20.33		$	19.83		$	19.71		$	20.22
Tangible book value per common share ¹	$	18.43		$	19.46		$	18.43		$	18.56		$	18.03		$	17.75		$	19.46
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding – Voting		4,759			4,704			4,769			4,749			4,733			4,714			4,708
Basic earnings per share – Voting⁵	$	0.48		$	0.66		$	–		$	0.48		$	0.63		$	(0.75	)	$	0.32
Diluted earnings per share – Voting^{5 & 6}	$	0.47		$	0.66		$	–		$	0.47		$	0.63		$	(0.75	)	$	0.32
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding – Series A Non-Voting		1,380			1,380			1,380			1,380			1,380			1,380			1,380
Basic earnings per share – Series A Non-Voting ⁵	$	0.48		$	0.66		$	–		$	0.48		$	0.63		$	(0.75	)	$	0.32
Diluted earnings per share – Series A Non-Voting^{5 & 6}	$	0.47		$	0.66		$	–		$	0.47		$	0.63		$	(0.75	)	$	0.32
Common shares outstanding at period end		6,168			6,100			6,168			6,141			6,126			6,100			6,100

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. Capital Ratios:
Company tangible common equity to tangible assets ¹		7.61	%		8.24	%		7.61	%		7.68	%		7.54	%		7.36	%		8.24	%
Company Total Core Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)		15.97	%		16.19	%		15.97	%		15.89	%		15.66	%		15.55	%		16.19	%
Company Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)		12.31	%		12.31	%		12.31	%		12.24	%		12.00	%		11.84	%		12.31	%
Company Tier 1 Common Equity (to Risk-Weighted Assets)		11.81	%		11.83	%		11.81	%		11.75	%		11.51	%		11.33	%		11.83	%
Company Tier 1 Capital (to Assets)		8.75	%		9.16	%		8.75	%		8.82	%		8.64	%		8.29	%		9.16	%

Pathfinder Bank Capital Ratios:
Bank Total Core Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)		14.87	%		16.04	%		14.87	%		14.86	%		14.65	%		14.52	%		16.04	%
Bank Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)		13.62	%		14.79	%		13.62	%		13.61	%		13.40	%		13.26	%		14.79	%
Bank Tier 1 Common Equity (to Risk-Weighted Assets)		13.62	%		14.79	%		13.62	%		13.61	%		13.40	%		13.26	%		14.79	%
Bank Tier 1 Capital (to Assets)		9.68	%		10.30	%		9.68	%		9.80	%		9.64	%		9.13	%		10.30	%

¹ Non-GAAP financial metrics. See non-GAAP reconciliation included herein for the most directly comparable GAAP measures.
² Non-brokered deposits excluding certificates of deposit of $250,000 or more.
³ Construction and development, multifamily, and non-owner occupied CRE loans as a percentage of Pathfinder Bank total capital.
⁴ Includes 11 full-service branches and one motor bank for periods after June 30, 2024. Includes 10 full-service branches and one motor bank for all periods prior.
⁵ Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated based upon the two-class method. Weighted average shares outstanding do not include unallocated ESOP shares.
⁶ Diluted earnings per share for the first quarter of 2025 has been updated to $0.47, from the $0.41 reported previously.

The above information is unaudited and preliminary, based on the Company’s data available at the time of presentation.

	Six Months Ended June 30,						2025						2024
ASSET QUALITY:	2025			2024			Q2			Q1			Q4			Q3			Q2
Total loan charge-offs	$	3,352		$	180		$	2,844		$	508		$	1,191		$	8,812		$	112
Total recoveries		415			84			247			168			171			90			46
Net loan charge-offs		2,937			96			2,597			340			1,020			8,722			66
Allowance for credit losses at period end		15,983			16,892			15,983			17,407			17,243			17,274			16,892
Nonperforming loans at period end		11,689			24,490			11,689			13,232			22,084			16,170			24,490
Nonperforming assets at period end	$	11,772		$	24,550		$	11,772		$	13,232		$	22,084		$	16,170		$	24,550
Annualized net loan charge-offs to average loans		0.64	%		0.02	%		1.14	%		0.15	%		0.44	%		3.82	%		0.03	%
Allowance for credit losses to period end loans		1.76	%		1.90	%		1.76	%		1.91	%		1.88	%		1.87	%		1.90	%
Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans		136.74	%		68.98	%		136.74	%		131.55	%		78.08	%		106.83	%		68.98	%
Nonperforming loans to period end loans		1.28	%		2.76	%		1.28	%		1.45	%		2.40	%		1.75	%		2.76	%
Nonperforming assets to period end assets		0.78	%		1.70	%		0.78	%		0.88	%		1.50	%		1.09	%		1.70	%

	2025						2024
LOAN COMPOSITION:	June 30,			March 31,			December 31,			September 30,			June 30,
1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages	$	240,833		$	243,854		$	251,373		$	255,235		$	250,106
Residential construction		3,520			3,162			4,864			4,077			309
Commercial real estate		381,575			381,479			377,619			378,805			370,361
Commercial lines of credit		75,487			65,074			67,602			64,672			62,711
Other commercial and industrial		85,578			91,644			89,800			88,247			90,813
Paycheck protection program loans		85			96			113			125			136
Tax exempt commercial loans		6,349			4,446			4,544			2,658			3,228
Home equity and junior liens		49,339			52,315			51,948			52,709			35,821
Other consumer		68,439			71,681			72,710			76,703			75,195
Subtotal loans		911,205			913,751			920,573			923,231			888,680
Deferred loan fees		(1,482	)		(1,601	)		(1,587	)		(1,571	)		(417	)
Total loans	$	909,723		$	912,150		$	918,986		$	921,660		$	888,263

	2025				2024
DEPOSIT COMPOSITION:	June 30,		March 31,		December 31,		September 30,		June 30,
Savings accounts	$	129,252	$	129,898	$	128,753	$	129,053	$	106,048
Time accounts		341,063		349,673		360,716		352,729		368,262
Time accounts in excess of $250,000		144,355		149,922		142,473		140,181		117,021
Money management accounts		9,902		10,774		11,583		11,520		12,154
MMDA accounts		278,919		306,281		239,016		250,007		193,915
Demand deposit interest-bearing		120,083		109,941		101,080		97,344		128,168
Demand deposit noninterest-bearing		191,732		203,314		213,719		210,110		169,145
Mortgage escrow funds		6,581		4,677		7,184		5,269		6,564
Total deposits	$	1,221,887	$	1,264,480	$	1,204,524	$	1,196,213	$	1,101,277

The above information is unaudited and preliminary, based on the Company’s data available at the time of presentation.

	Six Months Ended June 30,						2025							2024
SELECTED AVERAGE BALANCES:	2025			2024			Q2			Q1			Q2
Interest-earning assets:
Loans	$	913,658		$	889,988		$	911,347		$	916,207		$	885,384
Taxable investment securities		425,841			433,156			435,022			416,558			434,572
Tax-exempt investment securities		34,394			29,053			34,314			34,475			28,944
Fed funds sold and interest-earning deposits		11,497			8,669			10,070			12,939			13,387
Total interest-earning assets		1,385,390			1,360,866			1,390,753			1,380,179			1,362,287
Noninterest-earning assets:
Other assets		116,590			96,772			118,280			114,882			98,746
Allowance for credit losses		(17,377	)		(16,498	)		(17,342	)		(17,413	)		(16,905	)
Net unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities		(10,395	)		(10,701	)		(10,838	)		(9,947	)		(10,248	)
Total assets	$	1,474,208		$	1,430,439		$	1,480,853		$	1,467,701		$	1,433,880
Interest-bearing liabilities:
NOW accounts	$	112,720		$	97,213		$	113,994		$	111,643		$	92,918
Money management accounts		10,602			11,759			10,302			10,906			12,076
MMDA accounts		277,664			212,693			298,907			256,186			214,364
Savings and club accounts		129,752			110,119			129,736			129,769			107,558
Time deposits		494,200			525,767			489,490			498,963			524,276
Subordinated loans		30,149			29,954			30,173			30,123			29,977
Borrowings		66,165			133,894			61,803			70,575			141,067
Total interest-bearing liabilities		1,121,252			1,121,399			1,134,405			1,108,165			1,122,236
Noninterest-bearing liabilities:
Demand deposits		199,123			170,313			192,186			206,137			171,135
Other liabilities		29,497			16,542			29,037			29,961			17,298
Total liabilities		1,349,872			1,308,254			1,355,628			1,344,263			1,310,669
Shareholders’ equity		124,336			122,185			125,225			123,438			123,211
Total liabilities & shareholders’ equity	$	1,474,208		$	1,430,439		$	1,480,853		$	1,467,701		$	1,433,880

	Six Months Ended June 30,						2025							2024
SELECTED AVERAGE YIELDS:	2025			2024			Q2			Q1			Q2
Interest-earning assets:
Loans		5.86	%		5.56	%		5.75	%		5.97	%		5.64	%
Taxable investment securities		5.08	%		5.38	%		5.10	%		5.07	%		5.44	%
Tax-exempt investment securities		5.04	%		6.93	%		5.42	%		4.66	%		6.88	%
Fed funds sold and interest-earning deposits		2.73	%		5.05	%		2.70	%		2.75	%		3.62	%
Total interest-earning assets		5.58	%		5.53	%		5.52	%		5.63	%		5.59	%
Interest-bearing liabilities:
NOW accounts		1.16	%		1.08	%		1.25	%		1.07	%		1.14	%
Money management accounts		0.09	%		0.11	%		0.12	%		0.11	%		0.10	%
MMDA accounts		3.16	%		3.70	%		3.25	%		3.06	%		3.74	%
Savings and club accounts		0.25	%		0.26	%		0.25	%		0.25	%		0.26	%
Time deposits		3.66	%		3.97	%		3.64	%		3.69	%		4.03	%
Subordinated loans		6.36	%		6.54	%		6.40	%		6.31	%		6.53	%
Borrowings		3.56	%		4.09	%		3.67	%		3.46	%		4.05	%
Total interest-bearing liabilities		2.92	%		3.34	%		2.95	%		2.90	%		3.40	%
Net interest rate spread		2.66	%		2.19	%		2.57	%		2.73	%		2.19	%
Net interest margin		3.21	%		2.77	%		3.11	%		3.31	%		2.78	%
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities		123.56	%		121.35	%		122.60	%		124.55	%		121.39	%

The above information is unaudited and preliminary based on the Company’s data available at the time of presentation.

	Six Months Ended June 30,						2025						2024
NON-GAAP RECONCILIATIONS:	2025			2024			Q2			Q1			Q4			Q3			Q2
Tangible book value per common share:
Total equity							$	124,413		$	124,896		$	121,483		$	120,246		$	123,348
Intangible assets								(10,731	)		(10,888	)		(11,045	)		(11,969	)		(4,612	)
Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)								113,682			114,008			110,438			108,277			118,736
Common shares outstanding								6,168			6,144			6,126			6,100			6,100
Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP)							$	18.43		$	18.56		$	18.03		$	17.75		$	19.46
Tangible common equity to tangible assets:
Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)							$	113,682		$	114,008		$	110,438		$	108,277		$	118,736
Tangible assets								1,494,388			1,484,449			1,463,829			1,471,157			1,441,599
Tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio (non-GAAP)								7.61	%		7.68	%		7.54	%		7.36	%		8.24	%
Return on average tangible common equity:
Average shareholders’ equity	$	124,336		$	122,185		$	125,225		$	123,438		$	121,589		$	125,626		$	123,211
Average intangible assets		10,912			4,617			10,834			10,991			11,907			4,691			4,614
Average tangible equity (non-GAAP)		113,424			117,568			114,391			112,447			109,682			120,935			118,597
Net income (loss)		3,005			4,120			31			2,974			3,907			(4,644	)		2,000
Net income (loss), annualized	$	6,060		$	8,285		$	124		$	11,831		$	15,543		$	(18,475	)	$	8,044
Return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP) ¹		5.34	%		7.05	%		0.11	%		10.52	%		14.17	%		-15.28	%		6.78	%
Revenue, pre-tax, pre-provision net income, and efficiency ratio:
Net interest income	$	22,225		$	18,880		$	10,814		$	11,411		$	10,377		$	11,732		$	9,480
Total noninterest income		(321	)		2,948			(1,518	)		1,197			4,906			1,707			1,211
Net realized (gains) losses on sales and redemptions of investment securities		(8	)		(132	)		–			(8	)		249			(188	)		16
Gains on sales of loans and foreclosed real estate		148			58			83			65			39			90			40
LOCOM HFS adjustment ²		(3,064	)		–			(3,064	)		–			–			–			–
Gain on asset sale		–			–			–			–			3,169			–			–
Revenue (non-GAAP) ³		24,828			21,902			12,277			12,551			11,826			13,537			10,635
Total non-interest expense		16,494			15,614			8,061			8,433			8,544			10,259			7,908
Pre-tax, pre-provision net income (non-GAAP) ⁴	$	8,334		$	6,288		$	4,216		$	4,183		$	3,321		$	3,368		$	2,767
Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP) ⁵		66.43	%		71.29	%		65.66	%		67.19	%		72.25	%		75.78	%		74.36	%

¹ Return on average tangible common equity equals annualized net income (loss) divided by average tangible equity
² The loss reflects a valuation adjustment “Lower-of-cost-or-market” adjustment on loans held for sale to the estimated market value based on sale negotiation terms.
³ Revenue equals net interest income plus total noninterest income less net realized gains or losses on sales and redemptions of investment securities, sales of loans and foreclosed real estate, and a gain on the October 2024 sale of the Company’s insurance agency asset
⁴ Pre-tax, pre-provision net income equals revenue less total non-interest expense
⁵ Efficiency ratio equals noninterest expense divided by revenue

The above information is unaudited and preliminary based on the Company’s data available at the time of presentation.

Investor/Media Contacts
James A. Dowd, President, CEO
Justin K. Bigham, Senior Vice President, CFO
Telephone: (315) 343-0057

The MIL Network –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI: National Fuel Reports Third Quarter Fiscal 2025 Earnings and Announces Preliminary Guidance for Fiscal 2026

Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

WILLIAMSVILLE, N.Y., July 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — National Fuel Gas Company (“National Fuel” or the “Company”) (NYSE:NFG) today announced consolidated results for the third quarter of its 2025 fiscal year.

FISCAL 2025 THIRD QUARTER SUMMARY

GAAP earnings per share of $1.64 compared to a net loss $0.59 per share in the prior year.
Adjusted earnings per share of $1.64 increased 66% compared to $0.99 per share in the prior year. See non-GAAP reconciliation on page 2.
Exploration and Production adjusted operating results of $0.95 per share increased 157% versus the prior year, driven by lower per unit operating costs, higher realized natural gas prices, and strong well performance in the Eastern Development Area (“EDA”), which contributed to 112 Bcf of natural gas production, up 16% versus the prior year’s third quarter.
The Pipeline and Storage segment achieved several development milestones for expansion projects during the quarter with the announcement of the Shippingport Lateral Project and the receipt of FERC approval for the Tioga Pathway Project, which remains on track for a late calendar 2026 in-service date.
The Company generated $196 million in net cash provided by operating activities less net cash used in investing activities during the third quarter.
The Company is revising the midpoint of its fiscal 2025 adjusted earnings per share guidance to a range of $6.80 to $6.95 per share and is initiating its fiscal 2026 preliminary earnings guidance which, based upon a NYMEX price of $4.00, is expected to increase 20% from fiscal 2025 (see Guidance Summary on page 7).

MANAGEMENT COMMENTARY

David P. Bauer, President and Chief Executive Officer of National Fuel Gas Company, stated: “National Fuel’s excellent third quarter reflects ongoing success across the Company. Our integrated upstream and gathering operations saw record production and throughput during the quarter and a continued improvement in capital efficiency, while our regulated Utility and Pipeline & Storage segments continue to see an uplift in earnings from recent ratemaking activities and organic investment opportunities.

“As we look forward to fiscal 2026, we expect to see significant earnings growth versus the prior year. This highlights the momentum in each of our businesses and the overall positive long-term outlook for natural gas. Strong well results in the EDA continue to confirm the depth of our best-in-class inventory and operational excellence in Northeast Pennsylvania, and underpin our mid-single-digit production growth expectations in the coming years. In addition, we have line of sight to further growth in our regulated businesses, supporting our 5% to 7% average annual rate base growth projections. Taken together, along with the broader tailwinds from growing demand for natural gas, National Fuel is well positioned to create meaningful value for shareholders in the years to come.”

RETURN OF CAPITAL UPDATE

During the quarter, National Fuel announced that its Board of Directors approved a 4% increase in the Company’s dividend for an annual rate of $2.14 per share. This is our 55^th consecutive year of dividend increases and the 123^rd year of consecutive dividend payments, demonstrating the Company’s commitment to returning cash to shareholders.

With respect to the Company’s share repurchase program, since March 2024, the Company repurchased approximately 2 million shares at an average weighted price of $59.70 per share. Consistent with our disciplined approach to capital allocation, which balances growth with return of capital to shareholders, during the quarter the Company paused repurchases as it evaluated various growth opportunities, preserving balance sheet flexibility.

RECONCILIATION OF GAAP EARNINGS TO ADJUSTED OPERATING RESULTS

	Three Months Ended June 30,
	(Thousands)						(Per Share)
		2025			2024			2025		2024
Reported GAAP Earnings	$	149,818		$	(54,158	)	$	1.64	$	(0.59	)
Items impacting comparability:
Impairment of assets (E&P)		—			200,696			0.00		2.18
Tax impact of impairment of assets		—			(55,686	)		0.00		(0.60	)
Other (refer to Segment results for details)		(615	)		873			—		—
Adjusted Operating Results	$	149,203		$	91,725		$	1.64	$	0.99

FISCAL 2025 GUIDANCE UPDATE

National Fuel is revising its adjusted earnings per share guidance for fiscal 2025 to a range of $6.80 to $6.95. This updated range incorporates our third quarter results as well as lower expected realized natural gas prices for the remaining three months, which is largely offset by expected higher production and lower unit costs in the Exploration and Production segment. The Company is assuming an average NYMEX natural gas price of $3.25 per MMBtu for the remaining three months of fiscal 2025, which approximates the current NYMEX forward curve at this time.

The Company’s other fiscal 2025 guidance assumptions are detailed in the table on page 7.

INITIATION OF FISCAL 2026 PRELIMINARY GUIDANCE

The Company is initiating preliminary earnings guidance for fiscal 2026 which it is providing at various NYMEX prices:

NYMEX Assumption ($/MMBtu)	Fiscal 2026 Adjusted Earnings Per Share Sensitivities
$3.00	$6.35 – $6.85
$4.00	$8.00 – $8.50
$5.00	$9.75 – $10.25

2026 OUTLOOK

Seneca’s ongoing trend of improving capital efficiency is projected to continue in fiscal 2026 with capital expenditures expected to decrease by $20 million, or 4% at the midpoint, while production is expected to increase to a range of 440 to 455 Bcf, an increase of 6% at the midpoint.
Regulated segment earnings are expected to increase as a result of ongoing modernization investments which are supported by recent ratemaking efforts, driven by Distribution’s three-year New York rate settlement that continues through fiscal 2027 and additional margin related to the Pennsylvania modernization tracker, or DSIC (Distribution System Improvement Charge).
Combined Utility and Pipeline & Storage segment capital expenditures are expected to range between $395 and $455 million, an increase of $110 million from fiscal 2025 at midpoint of guidance, with continued investment in our longstanding modernization programs, as well as significant expansion-related spending on the Tioga Pathway and Shippingport Lateral projects driving meaningful rate base growth.

Additional details on the Company’s updated forecast assumptions and business segment guidance for fiscal 2026 are outlined in the table on page 7.

DISCUSSION OF THIRD QUARTER RESULTS BY SEGMENT

The following earnings discussion of each operating segment for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 is summarized in a tabular form on pages 8 and 9 of this report (earnings drivers for the nine months ended June 30, 2025 are summarized on pages 10 and 11). It may be helpful to refer to those tables while reviewing this discussion.

Note that management defines adjusted operating results as reported GAAP earnings adjusted for items impacting comparability, and adjusted EBITDA as reported GAAP earnings before the following items: interest expense, income taxes, depreciation, depletion and amortization, other income and deductions, impairments, and other items reflected in operating income that impact comparability.

Upstream Business

Exploration and Production Segment

The Exploration and Production segment operations are carried out by Seneca Resources Company, LLC (“Seneca”). Seneca explores for, develops and produces primarily natural gas reserves in Pennsylvania.

	Three Months Ended
	June 30,
(in thousands)		2025			2024		Variance
GAAP Earnings	$	86,671		$	(112,028	)	$	198,699
Impairment of assets		—			200,696			(200,696	)
Tax impact of impairment of assets		—			(55,686	)		55,686
Unrealized (gain) loss on derivative asset (2022 CA asset sale)		45			1,186			(1,141	)
Tax impact of unrealized (gain) loss on derivative asset		(12	)		(325	)		313
Adjusted Operating Results	$	86,704		$	33,843		$	52,861

Adjusted EBITDA	$	202,488		$	128,535		$	73,953

Seneca’s third quarter GAAP earnings increased $198.7 million versus the prior year. GAAP earnings in the prior year included a non-cash, pre-tax ceiling test impairment of $200.7 million ($145.0 million after-tax) to write-down the carrying value of Seneca’s reserves under the full cost method of accounting. GAAP earnings also included the impact of unrealized losses related to reductions in the fair value of contingent consideration received in connection with the June 2022 divestiture of Seneca’s California assets.

Excluding items impacting comparability, Seneca’s adjusted operating results in the third quarter increased $52.9 million primarily due to higher realized natural gas prices and production, as well as lower per unit operating expenses.

During the third quarter, Seneca produced a Company record 112 Bcf of natural gas, an increase of 15 Bcf, or 16%, from the prior year. Two highly prolific Utica pads turned in line this year in the EDA’s Tioga County were the main drivers behind this increase in production.

Seneca’s weighted average realized natural gas price, after the impact of hedging and transportation costs, was $2.71 per Mcf, an increase of $0.43 per Mcf from the prior year. This increase was primarily due to higher NYMEX prices and higher spot prices at local sales points in Pennsylvania.

	Three Months Ended
	June 30,
(Cost per Mcf)		2025		2024	Variance
Lease Operating and Transportation Expense (“LOE”)	$	0.66	$	0.69	$	(0.03	)
General and Administrative Expense (“G&A”)	$	0.17	$	0.19	$	(0.02	)
Taxes and Other	$	0.08	$	0.08	$	—
Total Cash Operating Costs	$	0.91	$	0.96	$	(0.05	)
Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization Expense (“DD&A”)	$	0.62	$	0.71	$	(0.09	)
Total Operating Costs	$	1.53	$	1.67	$	(0.14	)

On a per unit basis, third quarter total cash operating costs were lower compared to the prior year, primarily due to higher production. LOE included $61 million ($0.55 per Mcf), or 83% of total LOE, for gathering and compression service fees paid to the Company’s Gathering segment to connect Seneca’s production to sales points along interstate pipelines. DD&A for the quarter was $0.62 per Mcf, a decrease of $0.09 per Mcf from the prior year, largely due to ceiling test impairments recorded in prior quarters that lowered Seneca’s full cost pool depletable base.

Midstream Businesses

Pipeline and Storage Segment

The Pipeline and Storage segment’s operations are carried out by National Fuel Gas Supply Corporation (“Supply Corporation”) and Empire Pipeline, Inc. (“Empire”). The Pipeline and Storage segment provides natural gas transportation and storage services to affiliated and non-affiliated companies through an integrated system of pipelines and underground natural gas storage fields in western New York and Pennsylvania.

	Three Months Ended
	June 30,
(in thousands)		2025		2024	Variance
GAAP Earnings	$	28,857	$	30,690	$	(1,833	)

Adjusted EBITDA	$	67,019	$	68,221	$	(1,202	)

The Pipeline and Storage segment’s third quarter GAAP earnings decreased $1.8 million versus the prior year primarily due to higher Operations and Maintenance (“O&M”) expense. The increase in O&M expense was due largely to typical inflationary increases related to higher personnel costs and third-party contractors.

Gathering Segment

The Gathering segment’s operations are carried out by National Fuel Gas Midstream Company, LLC’s limited liability companies. The Gathering segment constructs, owns and operates natural gas gathering pipelines and compression facilities in the Appalachian region, which delivers Seneca and other non-affiliated Appalachian production to the interstate pipeline system.

	Three Months Ended
	June 30,
(in thousands)		2025		2024	Variance
GAAP Earnings	$	29,996	$	24,979	$	5,017

Adjusted EBITDA	$	55,923	$	47,631	$	8,292

The Gathering segment’s third quarter GAAP earnings increased $5.0 million versus the prior year primarily due to higher operating revenues, which increased $7.8 million, or 13%, primarily due to an increase in throughput from Seneca’s new wells located in Tioga County.

Downstream Business

Utility Segment

The Utility segment operations are carried out by National Fuel Gas Distribution Corporation (“Distribution Corporation”), which sells or transports natural gas to customers located in western New York and northwestern Pennsylvania.

	Three Months Ended
	June 30,
(in thousands)		2025		2024	Variance
GAAP Earnings	$	4,997	$	2,559	$	2,438

Adjusted EBITDA	$	25,743	$	21,047	$	4,696

The Utility segment’s third quarter GAAP earnings increased $2.4 million, or 95%, primarily as a result of new rates approved in the Utility’s New York rate case settlement, which became effective October 1, 2024, partially offset by higher operating costs and interest expense.

For the quarter, customer margin (operating revenues less purchased gas sold) increased $8.4 million, primarily due to an increase in customer usage, due in part to colder weather, as well as an increase in rates as part of the New York rate case settlement. Other income increased $4.0 million, largely due to the New York rate settlement, which required the recognition of non-service pension and post-retirement benefit income and a corresponding reduction in new base rates, resulting in no effect on net income.

O&M expense increased $2.7 million primarily driven by higher personnel costs, partially offset by a reduction in uncollectible expenses as a result of a tracker implemented as part of the New York rate case settlement. DD&A expense increased by $1.6 million primarily due to higher average depreciable plant in service compared to the prior year. Further, interest expense increased $2.5 million primarily due to a higher average amount of net borrowings.

Corporate and All Other

The Company’s operations that are included in Corporate and All Other generated a combined net loss of $0.7 million, which was largely consistent with the prior year.

EARNINGS TELECONFERENCE

A conference call to discuss the results will be held on Thursday, July 31, 2025, at 9 a.m. ET. All participants must pre-register to join this conference using the Participant Registration link. A webcast link to the conference call will be provided under the Events Calendar on the NFG Investor Relations website at investor.nationalfuelgas.com. A replay will be available following the call through the end of the day, Thursday, August 7, 2025. To access the replay, dial 1-866-813-9403 and provide Access Code 592578.

National Fuel is an integrated energy company reporting financial results for four operating segments: Exploration and Production, Pipeline and Storage, Gathering, and Utility. Additional information about National Fuel is available at www.nationalfuel.com.

Certain statements contained herein, including statements identified by the use of the words “anticipates,” “estimates,” “expects,” “forecasts,” “intends,” “plans,” “predicts,” “projects,” “believes,” “seeks,” “will,” “may” and similar expressions, and statements which are other than statements of historical facts, are “forward-looking statements” as defined by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, which could cause actual results or outcomes to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. The Company’s expectations, beliefs and projections contained herein are expressed in good faith and are believed to have a reasonable basis, but there can be no assurance that such expectations, beliefs or projections will result or be achieved or accomplished. In addition to other factors, the following are important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements: changes in laws, regulations or judicial interpretations to which the Company is subject, including those involving derivatives, taxes, safety, employment, climate change, other environmental matters, real property, and exploration and production activities such as hydraulic fracturing; governmental/regulatory actions, initiatives and proceedings, including those involving rate cases (which address, among other things, target rates of return, rate design, retained natural gas and system modernization), environmental/safety requirements, affiliate relationships, industry structure, and franchise renewal; changes in economic conditions, including the imposition of additional tariffs on U.S. imports and related retaliatory tariffs, inflationary pressures, supply chain issues, liquidity challenges, and global, national or regional recessions, and their effect on the demand for, and customers’ ability to pay for, the Company’s products and services; the Company’s ability to estimate accurately the time and resources necessary to meet emissions targets; governmental/regulatory actions and/or market pressures to reduce or eliminate reliance on natural gas; impairments under the SEC’s full cost ceiling test for natural gas reserves; changes in the price of natural gas; the creditworthiness or performance of the Company’s key suppliers, customers and counterparties; financial and economic conditions, including the availability of credit, and occurrences affecting the Company’s ability to obtain financing on acceptable terms for working capital, capital expenditures and other investments, including any downgrades in the Company’s credit ratings and changes in interest rates and other capital market conditions; the Company’s ability to complete strategic transactions; changes in price differentials between similar quantities of natural gas sold at different geographic locations, and the effect of such changes on commodity production, revenues and demand for pipeline transportation capacity to or from such locations; the impact of information technology disruptions, cybersecurity or data security breaches, including the impact of issues that may arise from the use of artificial intelligence technologies; factors affecting the Company’s ability to successfully identify, drill for and produce economically viable natural gas reserves, including among others geology, lease availability and costs, title disputes, weather conditions, water availability and disposal or recycling opportunities of used water, shortages, delays or unavailability of equipment and services required in drilling operations, insufficient gathering, processing and transportation capacity, the need to obtain governmental approvals and permits, and compliance with environmental laws and regulations; increased costs or delays or changes in plans with respect to Company projects or related projects of other companies, as well as difficulties or delays in obtaining necessary governmental approvals, permits or orders or in obtaining the cooperation of interconnecting facility operators; increasing health care costs and the resulting effect on health insurance premiums and on the obligation to provide other post-retirement benefits; other changes in price differentials between similar quantities of natural gas having different quality, heating value, hydrocarbon mix or delivery date; the cost and effects of legal and administrative claims against the Company or activist shareholder campaigns to effect changes at the Company; negotiations with the collective bargaining units representing the Company’s workforce, including potential work stoppages during negotiations; uncertainty of natural gas reserve estimates; significant differences between the Company’s projected and actual production levels for natural gas; changes in demographic patterns and weather conditions (including those related to climate change); changes in the availability, price or accounting treatment of derivative financial instruments; changes in laws, actuarial assumptions, the interest rate environment and the return on plan/trust assets related to the Company’s pension and other post-retirement benefits, which can affect future funding obligations and costs and plan liabilities; economic disruptions or uninsured losses resulting from major accidents, fires, severe weather, natural disasters, terrorist activities or acts of war, as well as economic and operational disruptions due to third-party outages; significant differences between the Company’s projected and actual capital expenditures and operating expenses; or increasing costs of insurance, changes in coverage and the ability to obtain insurance. The Company disclaims any obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date thereof.

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY
AND SUBSIDIARIES

GUIDANCE SUMMARY

As discussed on page 2, the Company is revising its adjusted earnings per share guidance for fiscal 2025. Additional details on the Company’s forecast assumptions and business segment guidance are outlined in the table below.

The revised adjusted earnings per share guidance range excludes certain items that impacted the comparability of adjusted operating results during the nine months ended June 30, 2025, including: (1) the after tax impairment of assets, which reduced earnings by $1.14 per share; (2) after-tax premiums paid on early redemptions of debt, which reduced earnings by $0.02 per share; (3) after-tax unrealized losses on a derivative asset, which reduced earnings by $0.01 per share; and (4) after-tax unrealized losses on other investments, which reduced earnings by $0.02 per share. While the Company expects to record certain adjustments to unrealized gain or loss on investments during the remaining three months ending September 30, 2025, the amounts of these and other potential adjustments are not reasonably determinable at this time. As such, the Company is unable to provide earnings guidance other than on a non-GAAP basis.

	Updated FY 2025 Guidance	Preliminary FY 2026 Guidance

Consolidated Adjusted Earnings per Share	$6.80 to $6.95	See sensitivity table on p.2
Consolidated Effective Tax Rate	~ 25.5%	~ 25.5%

Capital Expenditures (Millions)
Exploration and Production	$500 – $510	$470 – $500
Pipeline and Storage	$120 – $140	$210 – $250
Gathering	$95 – $110	$90 – $110
Utility	$175 – $195	$185 – $205
Consolidated Capital Expenditures	$890 – $955	$955 – $1,065

Exploration and Production Segment Guidance

Commodity Price Assumptions	(remaining three months)
NYMEX natural gas price (per MMBtu)	$3.25	$3.00 / $4.00 / $5.00
Appalachian basin spot price (per MMBtu)	$2.50	$2.30 / $3.10 / $3.90

Production (Bcf)	420 to 425	440 to 455

E&P Operating Costs ($/Mcf)
LOE	$0.67 – $0.68	$0.67 – $0.68
G&A	~$0.18	~$0.18
DD&A	$0.63 – $0.65	$0.65 – $0.69

Other Business Segment Guidance (Millions)
Gathering Segment Revenues	$255 – $260	$245 – $255
Pipeline and Storage Segment Revenues	$420 – $430	$415 – $430

Utility Segment Guidance (Millions)
Customer Margin*	$450 – $460	$470 – $490
O&M Expense	$240 – $245	$250 – $260
Non-Service Pension & OPEB Income	$23 – $27	$23 – $27
^{* Customer Margin is defined as Operating Revenues less Purchased Gas Expense.}

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY
RECONCILIATION OF CURRENT AND PRIOR YEAR GAAP EARNINGS
QUARTER ENDED JUNE 30, 2025
(Unaudited)

	Upstream			Midstream						Downstream

	Exploration &			Pipeline &									Corporate /
(Thousands of Dollars)	Production			Storage			Gathering			Utility			All Other			Consolidated*

Third quarter 2024 GAAP earnings	$	(112,028	)	$	30,690		$	24,979		$	2,559		$	(358	)	$	(54,158	)
Items impacting comparability:
Impairment of assets		200,696															200,696
Tax impact of impairment of assets		(55,686	)														(55,686	)
Unrealized (gain) loss on derivative asset		1,186															1,186
Tax impact of unrealized (gain) loss on derivative asset		(325	)														(325	)
Unrealized (gain) loss on other investments														15			15
Tax impact of unrealized (gain) loss on other investments														(3	)		(3	)
Third quarter 2024 adjusted operating results		33,843			30,690			24,979			2,559			(346	)		91,725
Drivers of adjusted operating results**
Upstream Revenues
Higher (lower) natural gas production		27,144															27,144
Higher (lower) realized natural gas prices, after hedging		38,281															38,281
Midstream Revenues
Higher (lower) operating revenues								6,125									6,125
Downstream Margins***
Impact of usage and weather											2,738						2,738
Impact of new rates in New York											2,788						2,788
Regulatory revenue adjustments											670						670
Operating Expenses
Lower (higher) lease operating and transportation expenses		(5,747	)														(5,747	)
Lower (higher) operating expenses					(1,687	)					(2,126	)		(1,463	)		(5,276	)
Lower (higher) property, franchise and other taxes		(1,636	)														(1,636	)
Lower (higher) depreciation / depletion								(882	)		(1,242	)					(2,124	)
Other Income (Expense)
Higher (lower) other income		(531	)		(1,238	)					3,169			1,352			2,752
(Higher) lower interest expense		589			510						(2,007	)		(1,616	)		(2,524	)
Income Taxes
Lower (higher) income tax expense / effective tax rate		(5,564	)		(39	)		(178	)		(1,190	)		710			(6,261	)

All other / rounding		325			621			(48	)		(362	)		12			548
Third quarter 2025 adjusted operating results		86,704			28,857			29,996			4,997			(1,351	)		149,203
Items impacting comparability:
Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative asset		(45	)														(45	)
Tax impact of unrealized gain (loss) on derivative asset		12															12
Unrealized gain (loss) on other investments														820			820
Tax impact of unrealized gain (loss) on other investments														(172	)		(172	)
Third quarter 2025 GAAP earnings	$	86,671		$	28,857		$	29,996		$	4,997		$	(703	)	$	149,818

^{* Amounts do not reflect intercompany eliminations.}
^{** Drivers of adjusted operating results have been calculated using the 21% federal statutory rate.}
^{*** Downstream margin defined as operating revenues less purchased gas expense.}

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY
RECONCILIATION OF CURRENT AND PRIOR YEAR GAAP EARNINGS PER SHARE
QUARTER ENDED JUNE 30, 2025
(Unaudited)

	Upstream			Midstream						Downstream

	Exploration &			Pipeline &									Corporate /
	Production			Storage			Gathering			Utility			All Other			Consolidated*

Third quarter 2024 GAAP earnings per share	$	(1.22	)	$	0.33		$	0.27		$	0.03		$	—		$	(0.59	)
Items impacting comparability:
Impairment of assets, net of tax		1.58															1.58
Unrealized (gain) loss on derivative asset, net of tax		0.01															0.01
Unrealized (gain) loss on other investments, net of tax														—			—
Rounding														(0.01	)		(0.01	)
Third quarter 2024 adjusted operating results per share		0.37			0.33			0.27			0.03			(0.01	)		0.99
Drivers of adjusted operating results**
Upstream Revenues
Higher (lower) natural gas production		0.30															0.30
Higher (lower) realized natural gas prices, after hedging		0.42															0.42
Midstream Revenues
Higher (lower) operating revenues								0.07									0.07
Downstream Margins***
Impact of usage and weather											0.03						0.03
Impact of new rates in New York											0.03						0.03
Regulatory revenue adjustments											0.01						0.01
Operating Expenses
Lower (higher) lease operating and transportation expenses		(0.06	)														(0.06	)
Lower (higher) operating expenses					(0.02	)					(0.02	)		(0.02	)		(0.06	)
Lower (higher) property, franchise and other taxes		(0.02	)														(0.02	)
Lower (higher) depreciation / depletion								(0.01	)		(0.01	)					(0.02	)
Other Income (Expense)
Higher (lower) other income		(0.01	)		(0.01	)					0.03			0.01			0.02
(Higher) lower interest expense		0.01			0.01						(0.02	)		(0.02	)		(0.02	)
Income Taxes
Lower (higher) income tax expense / effective tax rate		(0.06	)		—			—			(0.01	)		0.01			(0.06	)

All other / rounding		—			0.01			—			(0.02	)		0.02			0.01
Third quarter 2025 adjusted operating results per share		0.95			0.32			0.33			0.05			(0.01	)		1.64
Items impacting comparability:
Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative asset, net of tax		—															—
Unrealized gain (loss) on other investments, net of tax														0.01			0.01
Rounding														(0.01	)		(0.01	)
Third quarter 2025 GAAP earnings per share	$	0.95		$	0.32		$	0.33		$	0.05		$	(0.01	)	$	1.64

^{* Amounts do not reflect intercompany eliminations.}
^{** Drivers of adjusted operating results have been calculated using the 21% federal statutory rate.}
^{*** Downstream margin defined as operating revenues less purchased gas expense.}

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY
RECONCILIATION OF CURRENT AND PRIOR YEAR GAAP EARNINGS
NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2025
(Unaudited)

	Upstream			Midstream						Downstream

	Exploration &			Pipeline &									Corporate /
(Thousands of Dollars)	Production			Storage			Gathering			Utility			All Other			Consolidated*
Nine months ended June 30, 2024 GAAP earnings	$	2,521		$	85,482		$	82,510		$	73,848		$	773		$	245,134
Items impacting comparability:
Impairment of assets		200,696															200,696
Tax impact of impairment of assets		(55,686	)														(55,686	)
Unrealized (gain) loss on derivative asset		4,848															4,848
Tax impact of unrealized (gain) loss on derivative asset		(1,330	)														(1,330	)
Unrealized (gain) loss on other investments														(1,803	)		(1,803	)
Tax impact of unrealized (gain) loss on other investments														379			379
Nine months ended June 30, 2024 adjusted operating results		151,049			85,482			82,510			73,848			(651	)		392,238
Drivers of adjusted operating results**
Upstream Revenues
Higher (lower) natural gas production		28,414															28,414
Higher (lower) realized natural gas prices, after hedging		70,158															70,158
Midstream Revenues
Higher (lower) operating revenues					12,241			5,793									18,034
Downstream Margins***
Impact of usage and weather											5,423						5,423
Impact of new rates in New York											25,230						25,230
Higher (lower) other operating revenues											(1,400	)					(1,400	)
Operating Expenses
Lower (higher) lease operating and transportation expenses		(5,810	)														(5,810	)
Lower (higher) operating expenses		(1,490	)		(3,790	)		(751	)		(6,700	)		(1,740	)		(14,471	)
Lower (higher) property, franchise and other taxes		(2,381	)														(2,381	)
Lower (higher) depreciation / depletion		13,760						(2,684	)		(2,551	)					8,525
Other Income (Expense)
Higher (lower) other income		(2,420	)		(1,840	)					14,888			3,653			14,281
(Higher) lower interest expense					838			(1,648	)		(5,686	)		(4,780	)		(11,276	)
Income Taxes
Lower (higher) income tax expense / effective tax rate		(7,902	)		(286	)		727			(2,318	)		755			(9,024	)

All other / rounding		555			374			234			306			67			1,536
Nine months ended June 30, 2025 adjusted operating results		243,933			93,019			84,181			101,040			(2,696	)		519,477
Items impacting comparability:
Impairment of assets		(141,802	)														(141,802	)
Tax impact of impairment of assets		37,169															37,169
Premiums paid on early redemption of debt		(1,430	)					(955	)								(2,385	)
Tax impact of premiums paid on early redemption of debt		385						257									642
Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative asset		(729	)														(729	)
Tax impact of unrealized gain (loss) on derivative asset		196															196
Unrealized gain (loss) on other investments														(1,780	)		(1,780	)
Tax impact of unrealized gain (loss) on other investments														374			374
Nine months ended June 30, 2025 GAAP earnings	$	137,722		$	93,019		$	83,483		$	101,040		$	(4,102	)	$	411,162

^{* Amounts do not reflect intercompany eliminations.}
^{** Drivers of adjusted operating results have been calculated using the 21% federal statutory rate.}
^{*** Downstream margin defined as operating revenues less purchased gas expense.}

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY
RECONCILIATION OF CURRENT AND PRIOR YEAR GAAP EARNINGS PER SHARE
NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2025
(Unaudited)

	Upstream			Midstream						Downstream

	Exploration &			Pipeline &									Corporate /
	Production			Storage			Gathering			Utility			All Other			Consolidated*
Nine months ended June 30, 2024 GAAP earnings per share	$	0.03		$	0.92		$	0.89		$	0.80		$	0.01		$	2.65
Items impacting comparability:
Impairment of assets, net of tax		1.57															1.57
Unrealized (gain) loss on derivative asset, net of tax		0.04															0.04
Unrealized (gain) loss on other investments, net of tax														(0.02	)		(0.02	)
Rounding		(0.01	)											0.01			—
Nine months ended June 30, 2024 adjusted operating results per share		1.63			0.92			0.89			0.80			—			4.24
Drivers of adjusted operating results**
Upstream Revenues
Higher (lower) natural gas production		0.31															0.31
Higher (lower) realized natural gas prices, after hedging		0.77															0.77
Midstream Revenues
Higher (lower) operating revenues					0.13			0.06									0.19
Downstream Margins***
Impact of usage and weather											0.06						0.06
Impact of new rates in New York											0.28						0.28
Higher (lower) other operating revenues											0.01						0.01
Operating Expenses
Lower (higher) lease operating and transportation expenses		(0.06	)														(0.06	)
Lower (higher) operating expenses		(0.02	)		(0.04	)		(0.01	)		(0.07	)		(0.02	)		(0.16	)
Lower (higher) property, franchise and other taxes		(0.03	)														(0.03	)
Lower (higher) depreciation / depletion		0.15						(0.03	)		(0.03	)					0.09
Other Income (Expense)
Higher (lower) other income		(0.03	)		(0.02	)					0.16			0.04			0.15
(Higher) lower interest expense					0.01			(0.02	)		(0.06	)		(0.05	)		(0.12	)
Income Taxes
Lower (higher) income tax expense / effective tax rate		(0.09	)		—			0.01			(0.03	)		0.01			(0.10	)

Impact of reduction in shares		0.03			0.01			0.01			0.01			—			0.06
All other / rounding		0.01			0.01			0.01			(0.02	)		(0.01	)		—
Nine months ended June 30, 2025 adjusted operating results per share		2.67			1.02			0.92			1.11			(0.03	)		5.69
Items impacting comparability:
Impairment of assets, net of tax		(1.14	)														(1.14	)
Premiums paid on early redemption of debt, net of tax		(0.01	)					(0.01	)								(0.02	)
Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative asset, net of tax		(0.01	)														(0.01	)
Unrealized gain (loss) on other investments, net of tax														(0.02	)		(0.02	)
Rounding														0.01			0.01
Nine months ended June 30, 2025 GAAP earnings per share	$	1.51		$	1.02		$	0.91		$	1.11		$	(0.04	)	$	4.51

^{* Amounts do not reflect intercompany eliminations.}
^{** Drivers of adjusted operating results have been calculated using the 21% federal statutory rate.}
^{*** Downstream margin defined as operating revenues less purchased gas expense.}

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY
AND SUBSIDIARIES

(Thousands of Dollars, except per share amounts)
	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
	June 30,						June 30,
	(Unaudited)						(Unaudited)
SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS		2025			2024			2025			2024
Operating Revenues:
Utility Revenues	$	157,446		$	124,858		$	729,445		$	616,977
Exploration and Production and Other Revenues		303,883			220,905			864,701			739,537
Pipeline and Storage and Gathering Revenues		70,501			71,679			217,116			216,228
		531,830			417,442			1,811,262			1,572,742
Operating Expenses:
Purchased Gas		27,986			4,952			228,661			167,444
Operation and Maintenance:
Utility		56,053			53,412			174,744			166,405
Exploration and Production and Other		35,272			35,148			103,874			102,768
Pipeline and Storage and Gathering		41,679			40,019			119,982			114,321
Property, Franchise and Other Taxes		24,180			21,201			71,450			66,635
Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization		116,408			113,454			337,055			348,179
Impairment of Assets		—			200,696			141,802			200,696
		301,578			468,882			1,177,568			1,166,448

Operating Income (Loss)		230,252			(51,440	)		633,694			406,294

Other Income (Expense):
Other Income (Deductions)		8,534			3,188			31,486			12,989
Interest Expense on Long-Term Debt		(34,333	)		(32,876	)		(107,356	)		(89,791	)
Other Interest Expense		(3,556	)		(1,341	)		(13,033	)		(14,250	)

Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes		200,897			(82,469	)		544,791			315,242

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)		51,079			(28,311	)		133,629			70,108

Net Income (Loss) Available for Common Stock	$	149,818		$	(54,158	)	$	411,162		$	245,134

Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share
Basic	$	1.66		$	(0.59	)	$	4.54		$	2.67
Diluted	$	1.64		$	(0.59	)	$	4.51		$	2.65

Weighted Average Common Shares:
Used in Basic Calculation		90,358,018			91,874,049			90,546,228			91,966,034
Used in Diluted Calculation		91,139,556			91,874,049			91,247,547			92,467,787

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Unaudited)

	June 30,			September 30,
(Thousands of Dollars)		2025			2024
ASSETS
Property, Plant and Equipment	$	15,044,963		$	14,524,798
Less – Accumulated Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization		7,588,956			7,185,593
Net Property, Plant and Equipment		7,456,007			7,339,205
Current Assets:
Cash and Temporary Cash Investments		39,317			38,222
Receivables – Net		222,515			127,222
Unbilled Revenue		15,347			15,521
Gas Stored Underground		12,810			35,055
Materials and Supplies – at average cost		51,022			47,670
Unrecovered Purchased Gas Costs		2,903			—
Other Current Assets		64,241			92,229
Total Current Assets		408,155			355,919
Other Assets:
Recoverable Future Taxes		90,493			80,084
Unamortized Debt Expense		6,701			5,604
Other Regulatory Assets		124,300			108,022
Deferred Charges		71,426			69,662
Other Investments		73,764			81,705
Goodwill		5,476			5,476
Prepaid Pension and Post-Retirement Benefit Costs		199,286			180,230
Fair Value of Derivative Financial Instruments		2,394			87,905
Other		8,158			5,958
Total Other Assets		581,998			624,646
Total Assets	$	8,446,160		$	8,319,770
CAPITALIZATION AND LIABILITIES
Capitalization:
Comprehensive Shareholders’ Equity
Common Stock, $1 Par Value Authorized – 200,000,000 Shares; Issued and
Outstanding – 90,355,956 Shares and 91,005,993 Shares, Respectively	$	90,356		$	91,006
Paid in Capital		1,047,406			1,045,487
Earnings Reinvested in the Business		1,953,533			1,727,326
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss		(115,807	)		(15,476	)
Total Comprehensive Shareholders’ Equity		2,975,488			2,848,343
Long-Term Debt, Net of Current Portion and Unamortized Discount and Debt Issuance Costs		2,381,852			2,188,243
Total Capitalization		5,357,340			5,036,586
Current and Accrued Liabilities:
Notes Payable to Banks and Commercial Paper		61,500			90,700
Current Portion of Long-Term Debt		300,000			500,000
Accounts Payable		123,131			165,068
Amounts Payable to Customers		24,275			42,720
Dividends Payable		48,340			46,872
Interest Payable on Long-Term Debt		39,060			27,247
Customer Advances		—			19,373
Customer Security Deposits		28,739			36,265
Other Accruals and Current Liabilities		207,179			162,903
Fair Value of Derivative Financial Instruments		57,673			4,744
Total Current and Accrued Liabilities		889,897			1,095,892
Other Liabilities:
Deferred Income Taxes		1,153,427			1,111,165
Taxes Refundable to Customers		297,602			305,645
Cost of Removal Regulatory Liability		302,932			292,477
Other Regulatory Liabilities		137,025			151,452
Other Post-Retirement Liabilities		3,393			3,511
Asset Retirement Obligations		188,305			203,006
Other Liabilities		116,239			120,036
Total Other Liabilities		2,198,923			2,187,292
Commitments and Contingencies		—			—
Total Capitalization and Liabilities	$	8,446,160		$	8,319,770

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)

	Nine Months Ended
	June 30,
(Thousands of Dollars)		2025			2024

Operating Activities:
Net Income Available for Common Stock	$	411,162		$	245,134
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash
Provided by Operating Activities:
Impairment of Assets		141,802			200,696
Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization		337,055			348,179
Deferred Income Taxes		60,754			47,212
Premiums Paid on Early Redemption of Debt		2,385			—
Stock-Based Compensation		15,721			15,984
Other		19,296			18,542
Change in:
Receivables and Unbilled Revenue		(95,254	)		5,253
Gas Stored Underground and Materials and Supplies		18,803			18,981
Unrecovered Purchased Gas Costs		(2,903	)		—
Other Current Assets		28,038			17,431
Accounts Payable		1,744			(13,705	)
Amounts Payable to Customers		(18,445	)		3,550
Customer Advances		(19,373	)		(21,003	)
Customer Security Deposits		(7,526	)		7,910
Other Accruals and Current Liabilities		44,283			23,846
Other Assets		(35,348	)		(35,346	)
Other Liabilities		(39,918	)		(14,649	)
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities	$	862,276		$	868,015

Investing Activities:
Capital Expenditures	$	(627,316	)	$	(684,200	)
Other		9,352			(1,371	)
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities	$	(617,964	)	$	(685,571	)

Financing Activities:
Changes in Notes Payable to Banks and Commercial Paper		(29,200	)		(287,500	)
Shares Repurchased Under Repurchase Plan		(54,430	)		(27,847	)
Reduction of Long-Term Debt		(1,004,086	)		—
Net Proceeds From Issuance of Long-Term Debt		988,731			299,396
Dividends Paid on Common Stock		(140,098	)		(136,610	)
Net Repurchases of Common Stock Under Stock and Benefit Plans		(4,134	)		(3,916	)
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities	$	(243,217	)	$	(156,477	)

Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents		1,095			25,967
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period		38,222			55,447
Cash and Cash Equivalents at June 30	$	39,317		$	81,414

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY
AND SUBSIDIARIES

SEGMENT OPERATING RESULTS AND STATISTICS
(UNAUDITED)

UPSTREAM BUSINESS

	Three Months Ended									Nine Months Ended
(Thousands of Dollars, except per share amounts)	June 30,									June 30,
EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION SEGMENT		2025			2024		Variance				2025			2024		Variance
Total Operating Revenues	$	303,883		$	220,905		$	82,978		$	864,701		$	739,537		$	125,164
Operating Expenses:
Operation and Maintenance:
General and Administrative Expense		18,602			18,213			389			56,776			53,170			3,606
Lease Operating and Transportation Expense		73,856			66,581			7,275			210,671			203,317			7,354
All Other Operation and Maintenance Expense		3,816			4,526			(710	)		10,994			12,714			(1,720	)
Property, Franchise and Other Taxes		5,121			3,050			2,071			12,778			9,764			3,014
Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization		68,848			68,778			70			196,773			214,191			(17,418	)
Impairment of Assets		—			200,696			(200,696	)		141,802			200,696			(58,894	)
		170,243			361,844			(191,601	)		629,794			693,852			(64,058	)

Operating Income (Loss)		133,640			(140,939	)		274,579			234,907			45,685			189,222

Other Income (Expense):
Non-Service Pension and Post-Retirement Benefit Credit		37			100			(63	)		111			301			(190	)
Interest and Other Income (Deductions)		44			(488	)		532			416			(830	)		1,246
Interest Expense on Long-Term Debt		—			—			—			(1,949	)		—			(1,949	)
Other Interest Expense		(13,925	)		(14,670	)		745			(44,215	)		(45,046	)		831
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes		119,796			(155,997	)		275,793			189,270			110			189,160
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)		33,125			(43,969	)		77,094			51,548			(2,411	)		53,959
Net Income (Loss)	$	86,671		$	(112,028	)	$	198,699		$	137,722		$	2,521		$	135,201
Net Income (Loss) Per Share (Diluted)	$	0.95		$	(1.22	)	$	2.17		$	1.51		$	0.03		$	1.48

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY
AND SUBSIDIARIES

SEGMENT OPERATING RESULTS AND STATISTICS
(UNAUDITED)

MIDSTREAM BUSINESSES

	Three Months Ended									Nine Months Ended
(Thousands of Dollars, except per share amounts)	June 30,									June 30,
PIPELINE AND STORAGE SEGMENT		2025			2024		Variance				2025			2024		Variance
Revenues from External Customers	$	67,982		$	68,035		$	(53	)	$	207,916		$	204,071		$	3,845
Intersegment Revenues		37,597			37,384			213			113,849			103,781			10,068
Total Operating Revenues		105,579			105,419			160			321,765			307,852			13,913
Operating Expenses:
Purchased Gas		(164	)		614			(778	)		(42	)		1,540			(1,582	)
Operation and Maintenance		30,264			28,128			2,136			87,940			83,142			4,798
Property, Franchise and Other Taxes		8,460			8,456			4			25,727			25,776			(49	)
Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization		18,601			18,453			148			55,733			56,157			(424	)
		57,161			55,651			1,510			169,358			166,615			2,743

Operating Income		48,418			49,768			(1,350	)		152,407			141,237			11,170

Other Income (Expense):
Non-Service Pension and Post-Retirement Benefit Credit		952			1,257			(305	)		2,857			3,772			(915	)
Interest and Other Income		1,111			2,362			(1,251	)		4,945			6,340			(1,395	)
Interest Expense		(11,209	)		(11,855	)		646			(34,637	)		(35,698	)		1,061
Income Before Income Taxes		39,272			41,532			(2,260	)		125,572			115,651			9,921
Income Tax Expense		10,415			10,842			(427	)		32,553			30,169			2,384
Net Income	$	28,857		$	30,690		$	(1,833	)	$	93,019		$	85,482		$	7,537
Net Income Per Share (Diluted)	$	0.32		$	0.33		$	(0.01	)	$	1.02		$	0.92		$	0.10

	Three Months Ended									Nine Months Ended
	June 30,									June 30,
GATHERING SEGMENT		2025			2024		Variance				2025			2024		Variance
Revenues from External Customers	$	2,519		$	3,644		$	(1,125	)	$	9,200		$	12,157		$	(2,957	)
Intersegment Revenues		65,354			56,476			8,878			184,834			174,544			10,290
Total Operating Revenues		67,873			60,120			7,753			194,034			186,701			7,333
Operating Expenses:
Operation and Maintenance		11,929			12,382			(453	)		33,633			32,682			951
Property, Franchise and Other Taxes		21			107			(86	)		(206	)		224			(430	)
Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization		10,848			9,732			1,116			32,197			28,800			3,397
		22,798			22,221			577			65,624			61,706			3,918

Operating Income		45,075			37,899			7,176			128,410			124,995			3,415

Other Income (Expense):
Non-Service Pension and Post-Retirement Benefit Credit (Costs)		(1	)		9			(10	)		(1	)		28			(29	)
Interest and Other Income		—			113			(113	)		152			257			(105	)
Interest Expense on Long-Term Debt		—			—			—			(1,334	)		—			(1,334	)
Other Interest Expense		(3,870	)		(3,393	)		(477	)		(12,531	)		(10,824	)		(1,707	)
Income Before Income Taxes		41,204			34,628			6,576			114,696			114,456			240
Income Tax Expense		11,208			9,649			1,559			31,213			31,946			(733	)
Net Income	$	29,996		$	24,979		$	5,017		$	83,483		$	82,510		$	973
Net Income Per Share (Diluted)	$	0.33		$	0.27		$	0.06		$	0.91		$	0.89		$	0.02

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY
AND SUBSIDIARIES

SEGMENT OPERATING RESULTS AND STATISTICS
(UNAUDITED)

DOWNSTREAM BUSINESS

	Three Months Ended									Nine Months Ended
(Thousands of Dollars, except per share amounts)	June 30,									June 30,
UTILITY SEGMENT		2025			2024		Variance				2025			2024		Variance
Revenues from External Customers	$	157,446		$	124,858		$	32,588		$	729,445		$	616,977		$	112,468
Intersegment Revenues		77			86			(9	)		279			479			(200	)
Total Operating Revenues		157,523			124,944			32,579			729,724			617,456			112,268
Operating Expenses:
Purchased Gas		64,292			40,096			24,196			337,541			264,983			72,558
Operation and Maintenance		57,039			54,349			2,690			177,742			169,261			8,481
Property, Franchise and Other Taxes		10,449			9,452			997			32,761			30,471			2,290
Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization		17,945			16,373			1,572			51,908			48,678			3,230
		149,725			120,270			29,455			599,952			513,393			86,559

Operating Income		7,798			4,674			3,124			129,772			104,063			25,709

Other Income (Expense):
Non-Service Pension and Post-Retirement Benefit Credit		5,328			462			4,866			23,498			1,788			21,710
Interest and Other Income		628			1,485			(857	)		1,869			4,735			(2,866	)
Interest Expense		(10,958	)		(8,417	)		(2,541	)		(32,601	)		(25,402	)		(7,199	)
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes		2,796			(1,796	)		4,592			122,538			85,184			37,354
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)		(2,201	)		(4,355	)		2,154			21,498			11,336			10,162
Net Income	$	4,997		$	2,559		$	2,438		$	101,040		$	73,848		$	27,192
Net Income Per Share (Diluted)	$	0.05		$	0.03		$	0.02		$	1.11		$	0.80		$	0.31

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY
AND SUBSIDIARIES

SEGMENT OPERATING RESULTS AND STATISTICS
(UNAUDITED)

	Three Months Ended									Nine Months Ended
(Thousands of Dollars, except per share amounts)	June 30,									June 30,
ALL OTHER		2025			2024		Variance				2025			2024		Variance
Total Operating Revenues	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Operating Expenses:
Operation and Maintenance		—			—			—			—			—			—
		—			—			—			—			—			—

Operating Income		—			—			—			—			—			—
Other Income (Expense):
Interest and Other Income (Deductions)		(131	)		(65	)		(66	)		(489	)		(184	)		(305	)
Interest Expense		(141	)		(97	)		(44	)		(389	)		(262	)		(127	)
Loss before Income Taxes		(272	)		(162	)		(110	)		(878	)		(446	)		(432	)
Income Tax Benefit		(63	)		(38	)		(25	)		(204	)		(105	)		(99	)
Net Loss	$	(209	)	$	(124	)	$	(85	)	$	(674	)	$	(341	)	$	(333	)
Net Loss Per Share (Diluted)	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	(0.01	)	$	—		$	(0.01	)

	Three Months Ended									Nine Months Ended
	June 30,									June 30,
CORPORATE		2025			2024		Variance				2025			2024		Variance
Revenues from External Customers	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Intersegment Revenues		1,341			1,285			56			4,024			3,856			168
Total Operating Revenues		1,341			1,285			56			4,024			3,856			168
Operating Expenses:
Operation and Maintenance		5,725			3,873			1,852			14,992			12,789			2,203
Property, Franchise and Other Taxes		129			136			(7	)		390			400			(10	)
Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization		166			118			48			444			353			91
		6,020			4,127			1,893			15,826			13,542			2,284

Operating Loss		(4,679	)		(2,842	)		(1,837	)		(11,802	)		(9,686	)		(2,116	)
Other Income (Expense):
Non-Service Pension and Post-Retirement Benefit Costs		(212	)		(386	)		174			(635	)		(1,161	)		526
Interest and Other Income		41,073			39,025			2,048			123,918			120,288			3,630
Interest Expense on Long-Term Debt		(34,333	)		(32,876	)		(1,457	)		(104,073	)		(89,791	)		(14,282	)
Other Interest Expense		(3,748	)		(3,595	)		(153	)		(13,815	)		(19,363	)		5,548
Income (Loss) before Income Taxes		(1,899	)		(674	)		(1,225	)		(6,407	)		287			(6,694	)
Income Tax Benefit		(1,405	)		(440	)		(965	)		(2,979	)		(827	)		(2,152	)
Net Income (Loss)	$	(494	)	$	(234	)	$	(260	)	$	(3,428	)	$	1,114		$	(4,542	)
Net Income (Loss) Per Share (Diluted)	$	(0.01	)	$	—		$	(0.01	)	$	(0.03	)	$	0.01		$	(0.04	)

	Three Months Ended									Nine Months Ended
	June 30,									June 30,
INTERSEGMENT ELIMINATIONS		2025			2024		Variance				2025			2024		Variance
Intersegment Revenues	$	(104,369	)	$	(95,231	)	$	(9,138	)	$	(302,986	)	$	(282,660	)	$	(20,326	)
Operating Expenses:
Purchased Gas		(36,142	)		(35,758	)		(384	)		(108,838	)		(99,079	)		(9,759	)
Operation and Maintenance		(68,227	)		(59,473	)		(8,754	)		(194,148	)		(183,581	)		(10,567	)
		(104,369	)		(95,231	)		(9,138	)		(302,986	)		(282,660	)		(20,326	)
Operating Income		—			—			—			—			—			—
Other Income (Expense):
Interest and Other Deductions		(40,295	)		(40,686	)		391			(125,155	)		(122,345	)		(2,810	)
Interest Expense		40,295			40,686			(391	)		125,155			122,345			2,810
Net Income	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Net Income Per Share (Diluted)	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY
AND SUBSIDIARIES

SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)
(Thousands of Dollars)

	Three Months Ended									Nine Months Ended
	June 30,									June 30,
	(Unaudited)									(Unaudited)
							Increase										Increase
		2025			2024		(Decrease)				2025				2024		(Decrease)

Capital Expenditures:
Exploration and Production	$	123,369	_⁽¹⁾	$	114,679	_⁽³⁾	$	8,690		$	354,355		_{⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾}	$	399,820	_{⁽³⁾⁽⁴⁾}	$	(45,465	)
Pipeline and Storage		22,700	_⁽¹⁾		26,212	_⁽³⁾		(3,512	)		58,117		_{⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾}		68,791	_{⁽³⁾⁽⁴⁾}		(10,674	)
Gathering		26,638	_⁽¹⁾		29,570	_⁽³⁾		(2,932	)		58,164		_{⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾}		69,088	_{⁽³⁾⁽⁴⁾}		(10,924	)
Utility		50,025	_⁽¹⁾		49,257	_⁽³⁾		768			128,322		_{⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾}		117,508	_{⁽³⁾⁽⁴⁾}		10,814
Total Reportable Segments		222,732			219,718			3,014			598,958				655,207			(56,249	)
All Other		—			—			—			—				—			—
Corporate		138			71			67			518				253			265
Eliminations		—			—			—			(3,520	)			—			(3,520	)
Total Capital Expenditures	$	222,870		$	219,789		$	3,081		$	595,956			$	655,460		$	(59,504	)
_{⁽¹⁾ Capital expenditures for the quarter and nine months ended June 30, 2025, include accounts payable and accrued liabilities related to capital expenditures of $61.5 million, $5.7 million, $11.6 million, and $9.8 million in the Exploration and Production segment, Pipeline and Storage segment, Gathering segment and Utility segment, respectively. These amounts have been excluded from the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows at June 30, 2025, since they represent non-cash investing activities at that date.}
_{⁽²⁾ Capital expenditures for the nine months ended June 30, 2025, exclude capital expenditures of $63.3 million, $14.4 million, $21.7 million and $20.6 million in the Exploration and Production segment, Pipeline and Storage segment, Gathering segment and Utility segment, respectively. These amounts were in accounts payable and accrued liabilities at September 30, 2024 and paid during the nine months ended June 30, 2025. These amounts were excluded from the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows at September 30, 2024, since they represented non-cash investing activities at that date. These amounts have been included in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows at June 30, 2025.}
_{⁽³⁾ Capital expenditures for the quarter and nine months ended June 30, 2024, include accounts payable and accrued liabilities related to capital expenditures of $50.9 million, $7.0 million, $14.6 million, and $8.0 million in the Exploration and Production segment, Pipeline and Storage segment, Gathering segment and Utility segment, respectively. These amounts were excluded from the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows at June 30, 2024, since they represented non-cash investing activities at that date.}
_{⁽⁴⁾ Capital expenditures for the nine months ended June 30, 2024, exclude capital expenditures of $43.2 million, $31.8 million, $20.6 million and $13.6 million in the Exploration and Production segment, Pipeline and Storage segment, Gathering segment and Utility segment, respectively. These amounts were in accounts payable and accrued liabilities at September 30, 2023 and paid during the nine months ended June 30, 2024. These amounts were excluded from the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows at September 30, 2023, since they represented non-cash investing activities at that date. These amounts have been included in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows at June 30, 2024.}

DEGREE DAYS
				Percent Colder
				(Warmer) Than:
Three Months Ended June 30,	Normal	2025	2024	Normal ⁽¹⁾		Last Year ⁽¹⁾
Buffalo, NY ⁽²⁾	843	825	565	(2.1	)	46.0
Erie, PA	776	813	519	4.8		56.6

Nine Months Ended June 30,
Buffalo, NY ⁽²⁾	6,195	5,825	5,128	(6.0	)	13.6
Erie, PA	5,693	5,527	4,759	(2.9	)	16.1
_{⁽¹⁾Percents compare actual 2025 degree days to normal degree days and actual 2025 degree days to actual 2024 degree days.}
_{⁽²⁾Normal degree days changed from NOAA 30-year degree days to NOAA 15-year degree days with the implementation of new base rates in New York effective October 2024.}

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY
AND SUBSIDIARIES

EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION INFORMATION

	Three Months Ended							Nine Months Ended
	June 30,							June 30,
					Increase							Increase
		2025		2024	(Decrease)				2025		2024	(Decrease)

Gas Production/Prices:
Production (MMcf)
Appalachia		111,588		96,504		15,084			314,819		300,144		14,675

Average Prices (Per Mcf)
Weighted Average	$	2.69	$	1.50	$	1.19		$	2.66	$	1.93	$	0.73
Weighted Average after Hedging	$	2.71	$	2.28	$	0.43		$	2.73	$	2.45	$	0.28

Selected Operating Performance Statistics:
General and Administrative Expense per Mcf ⁽¹⁾	$	0.17	$	0.19	$	(0.02	)	$	0.18	$	0.18	$	—
Lease Operating and Transportation Expense per Mcf ⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾	$	0.66	$	0.69	$	(0.03	)	$	0.67	$	0.68	$	(0.01	)
Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization per Mcf ⁽¹⁾	$	0.62	$	0.71	$	(0.09	)	$	0.63	$	0.71	$	(0.08	)
_{⁽¹⁾Refer to page 15 for the General and Administrative Expense, Lease Operating and Transportation Expense and Depreciation, Depletion, and Amortization Expense for the Exploration and Production segment.}
_{⁽²⁾Amounts include transportation expense of $0.56 and $0.59 per Mcf for the three months ended June 30, 2025 and June 30, 2024, respectively. Amounts include transportation expense of $0.57 per Mcf for the nine months ended June 30, 2025 and June 30, 2024.}

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY
AND SUBSIDIARIES

Pipeline and Storage Throughput – (millions of cubic feet – MMcf)

	Three Months Ended			Nine Months Ended
	June 30,			June 30,
			Increase			Increase
	2025	2024	(Decrease)	2025	2024	(Decrease)
Firm Transportation – Affiliated	20,123	18,377	1,746	101,233	92,433	8,800
Firm Transportation – Non-Affiliated	158,910	150,133	8,777	515,411	498,435	16,976
Interruptible Transportation	149	118	31	665	1,508	(843	)
	179,182	168,628	10,554	617,309	592,376	24,933

Gathering Volume – (MMcf)
	Three Months Ended			Nine Months Ended
	June 30,			June 30,
			Increase			Increase
	2025	2024	(Decrease)	2025	2024	(Decrease)
Gathered Volume	133,271	118,445	14,826	384,003	367,832	16,171

Utility Throughput – (MMcf)
	Three Months Ended			Nine Months Ended
	June 30,			June 30,
			Increase			Increase
	2025	2024	(Decrease)	2025	2024	(Decrease)
Retail Sales:
Residential Sales	10,151	8,123	2,028	60,738	53,168	7,570
Commercial Sales	1,658	1,308	350	9,997	8,401	1,596
Industrial Sales	93	62	31	594	389	205
	11,902	9,493	2,409	71,329	61,958	9,371
Transportation	13,853	12,819	1,034	55,881	52,984	2,897
	25,755	22,312	3,443	127,210	114,942	12,268

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

In addition to financial measures calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), this press release contains information regarding adjusted operating results, adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow, which are non-GAAP financial measures. The Company believes that these non-GAAP financial measures are useful to investors because they provide an alternative method for assessing the Company’s ongoing operating results or liquidity and for comparing the Company’s financial performance to other companies. The Company’s management uses these non-GAAP financial measures for the same purpose, and for planning and forecasting purposes. The presentation of non-GAAP financial measures is not meant to be a substitute for financial measures in accordance with GAAP.

Management defines adjusted operating results as reported GAAP earnings before items impacting comparability. The following table reconciles National Fuel’s reported GAAP earnings to adjusted operating results for the three and nine months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024:

	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
	June 30,						June 30,
(in thousands except per share amounts)		2025			2024			2025			2024
Reported GAAP Earnings	$	149,818		$	(54,158	)	$	411,162		$	245,134
Items impacting comparability:
Impairment of assets (E&P)		—			200,696			141,802			200,696
Tax impact of impairment of assets		—			(55,686	)		(37,169	)		(55,686	)
Premiums paid on early redemption of debt (E&P / Midstream)		—			—			2,385			—
Tax impact of premiums paid on early redemption of debt		—			—			(642	)		—
Unrealized (gain) loss on derivative asset (E&P)		45			1,186			729			4,848
Tax impact of unrealized (gain) loss on derivative asset		(12	)		(325	)		(196	)		(1,330	)
Unrealized (gain) loss on other investments (Corporate / All Other)		(820	)		15			1,780			(1,803	)
Tax impact of unrealized (gain) loss on other investments		172			(3	)		(374	)		379
Adjusted Operating Results	$	149,203		$	91,725		$	519,477		$	392,238

Reported GAAP Earnings Per Share	$	1.64		$	(0.59	)	$	4.51		$	2.65
Items impacting comparability:
Impairment of assets, net of tax (E&P)		—			1.58			1.14			1.57
Premiums paid on early redemption of debt, net of tax (E&P / Midstream)		—			—			0.02			—
Unrealized (gain) loss on derivative asset, net of tax (E&P)		—			0.01			0.01			0.04
Unrealized (gain) loss on other investments, net of tax (Corporate / All Other)		(0.01	)		—			0.02			(0.02	)
Rounding		0.01			(0.01	)		(0.01	)		—
Adjusted Operating Results Per Share	$	1.64		$	0.99		$	5.69		$	4.24

Management defines adjusted EBITDA as reported GAAP earnings before the following items: interest expense, income taxes, depreciation, depletion and amortization, other income and deductions, impairments, and other items reflected in operating income that impact comparability. The following tables reconcile National Fuel’s reported GAAP earnings to adjusted EBITDA for the three and nine months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024:

	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
	June 30,						June 30,
(in thousands)		2025			2024			2025			2024
Reported GAAP Earnings	$	149,818		$	(54,158	)	$	411,162		$	245,134
Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization		116,408			113,454			337,055			348,179
Other (Income) Deductions		(8,534	)		(3,188	)		(31,486	)		(12,989	)
Interest Expense		37,889			34,217			120,389			104,041
Income Taxes		51,079			(28,311	)		133,629			70,108
Impairment of Assets		—			200,696			141,802			200,696
Adjusted EBITDA	$	346,660		$	262,710		$	1,112,551		$	955,169

Adjusted EBITDA by Segment
Pipeline and Storage Adjusted EBITDA	$	67,019		$	68,221		$	208,140		$	197,394
Gathering Adjusted EBITDA		55,923			47,631			160,607			153,795
Total Midstream Businesses Adjusted EBITDA		122,942			115,852			368,747			351,189
Exploration and Production Adjusted EBITDA		202,488			128,535			573,482			460,572
Utility Adjusted EBITDA		25,743			21,047			181,680			152,741
Corporate and All Other Adjusted EBITDA		(4,513	)		(2,724	)		(11,358	)		(9,333	)
Total Adjusted EBITDA	$	346,660		$	262,710		$	1,112,551		$	955,169

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES SEGMENT ADJUSTED EBITDA
	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
	June 30,						June 30,
(in thousands)		2025			2024			2025			2024
Exploration and Production Segment
Reported GAAP Earnings	$	86,671		$	(112,028	)	$	137,722		$	2,521
Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization		68,848			68,778			196,773			214,191
Other (Income) Deductions		(81	)		388			(527	)		529
Interest Expense		13,925			14,670			46,164			45,046
Income Taxes		33,125			(43,969	)		51,548			(2,411	)
Impairment of Assets		—			200,696			141,802			200,696
Adjusted EBITDA	$	202,488		$	128,535		$	573,482		$	460,572

Pipeline and Storage Segment
Reported GAAP Earnings	$	28,857		$	30,690		$	93,019		$	85,482
Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization		18,601			18,453			55,733			56,157
Other (Income) Deductions		(2,063	)		(3,619	)		(7,802	)		(10,112	)
Interest Expense		11,209			11,855			34,637			35,698
Income Taxes		10,415			10,842			32,553			30,169
Adjusted EBITDA	$	67,019		$	68,221		$	208,140		$	197,394

Gathering Segment
Reported GAAP Earnings	$	29,996		$	24,979		$	83,483		$	82,510
Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization		10,848			9,732			32,197			28,800
Other (Income) Deductions		1			(122	)		(151	)		(285	)
Interest Expense		3,870			3,393			13,865			10,824
Income Taxes		11,208			9,649			31,213			31,946
Adjusted EBITDA	$	55,923		$	47,631		$	160,607		$	153,795

Utility Segment
Reported GAAP Earnings	$	4,997		$	2,559		$	101,040		$	73,848
Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization		17,945			16,373			51,908			48,678
Other (Income) Deductions		(5,956	)		(1,947	)		(25,367	)		(6,523	)
Interest Expense		10,958			8,417			32,601			25,402
Income Taxes		(2,201	)		(4,355	)		21,498			11,336
Adjusted EBITDA	$	25,743		$	21,047		$	181,680		$	152,741

Corporate and All Other
Reported GAAP Earnings	$	(703	)	$	(358	)	$	(4,102	)	$	773
Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization		166			118			444			353
Other (Income) Deductions		(435	)		2,112			2,361			3,402
Interest Expense		(2,073	)		(4,118	)		(6,878	)		(12,929	)
Income Taxes		(1,468	)		(478	)		(3,183	)		(932	)
Adjusted EBITDA	$	(4,513	)	$	(2,724	)	$	(11,358	)	$	(9,333	)

Management defines free cash flow as net cash provided by operating activities, less net cash used in investing activities, adjusted for acquisitions and divestitures. The Company is unable to provide a reconciliation of any projected free cash flow measure to its comparable GAAP financial measure without unreasonable efforts. This is due to an inability to calculate the comparable GAAP projected metrics, including operating income and total production costs, given the unknown effect, timing, and potential significance of certain income statement items.

The MIL Network –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI Banking: Microsoft Cloud and AI strength fuels fourth quarter results

Source: Microsoft

Headline: Microsoft Cloud and AI strength fuels fourth quarter results

Microsoft Cloud and AI Strength Fuels Fourth Quarter Results

REDMOND, Wash. — July 30, 2025 — Microsoft Corp. today announced the following results for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, as compared to the corresponding period of last fiscal year:

· Revenue was $76.4 billion and increased 18% (up 17% in constant currency)

· Operating income was $34.3 billion and increased 23% (up 22% in constant currency)

· Net income was $27.2 billion and increased 24% (up 22% in constant currency)

· Diluted earnings per share was $3.65 and increased 24% (up 22% in constant currency)

“Cloud and AI is the driving force of business transformation across every industry and sector,” said Satya Nadella, chairman and chief executive officer of Microsoft. “We’re innovating across the tech stack to help customers adapt and grow in this new era, and this year, Azure surpassed $75 billion in revenue, up 34 percent, driven by growth across all workloads.”

“We closed out the fiscal year with a strong quarter, highlighted by Microsoft Cloud revenue reaching $46.7 billion, up 27% (up 25% in constant currency) year-over-year,” said Amy Hood, executive vice president and chief financial officer of Microsoft.

Business Highlights

Revenue in Productivity and Business Processes was $33.1 billion and increased 16% (up 14% in constant currency), with the following business highlights:

· Microsoft 365 Commercial products and cloud services revenue increased 16% (up 15% in constant currency) driven by Microsoft 365 Commercial cloud revenue growth of 18% (up 16% in constant currency)

· Microsoft 365 Consumer products and cloud services revenue increased 21% driven by Microsoft 365 Consumer cloud revenue growth of 20%

· LinkedIn revenue increased 9% (up 8% in constant currency)

· Dynamics products and cloud services revenue increased 18% (up 17% in constant currency) driven by Dynamics 365 revenue growth of 23% (up 21% in constant currency)

Revenue in Intelligent Cloud was $29.9 billion and increased 26% (up 25% in constant currency), with the following business highlights:

· Server products and cloud services revenue increased 27% driven by Azure and other cloud services revenue growth of 39%

Revenue in More Personal Computing was $13.5 billion and increased 9%, with the following business highlights:

· Windows OEM and Devices revenue increased 3%

· Xbox content and services revenue increased 13% (up 12% in constant currency)

· Search and news advertising revenue excluding traffic acquisition costs increased 21% (up 20% in constant currency)

Microsoft returned $9.4 billion to shareholders in the form of dividends and share repurchases in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2025.

Fiscal Year 2025 Results

Microsoft Corp. today announced the following results for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025, as compared to the corresponding period of last fiscal year:

· Revenue was $281.7 billion and increased 15%

· Operating income was $128.5 billion and increased 17% (up 18% in constant currency)

· Net income was $101.8 billion and increased 16% (up 15% in constant currency)

· Diluted earnings per share was $13.64 and increased 16%

Business Outlook

Microsoft will provide forward-looking guidance in connection with this quarterly earnings announcement on its earnings conference call and webcast.

Quarterly Highlights, Product Releases, and Enhancements

Every quarter Microsoft delivers hundreds of products, either as new releases, services, or enhancements to current products and services. These releases are a result of significant research and development investments, made over multiple years, designed to help customers be more productive and secure and to deliver differentiated value across the cloud and the edge.

Here are the major product releases and other highlights for the quarter, organized by product categories, to help illustrate how we are accelerating innovation across our businesses while expanding our market opportunities.

Webcast Details

Satya Nadella, chairman and chief executive officer, Amy Hood, executive vice president and chief financial officer, Alice Jolla, chief accounting officer, Keith Dolliver, corporate secretary and deputy general counsel, and Jonathan Neilson, vice president of investor relations, will host a conference call and webcast at 2:30 p.m. Pacific time (5:30 p.m. Eastern time) today to discuss details of the company’s performance for the quarter and certain forward-looking information. The session may be accessed at http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/investor. The webcast will be available for replay through the close of business on July 30, 2026.

Constant Currency

Microsoft presents constant currency information to provide a framework for assessing how our underlying businesses performed excluding the effect of foreign currency rate fluctuations. To present this information, current and comparative prior period results for entities reporting in currencies other than United States dollars are converted into United States dollars using the average exchange rates from the comparative period rather than the actual exchange rates in effect during the respective periods. All growth comparisons relate to the corresponding period in the last fiscal year. Microsoft has provided this non-GAAP financial information to aid investors in better understanding our performance. The non-GAAP financial measures presented in this release should not be considered as a substitute for, or superior to, the measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Financial Performance Constant Currency Reconciliation

($ in millions, except per share amounts)	Revenue	Operating Income	Net Income	Diluted Earnings per Share
	Three Months Ended June 30,
2024 As Reported (GAAP)	$64,727	$27,925	$22,036	$2.95
2025 As Reported (GAAP)	$76,441	$34,323	$27,233	$3.65
Percentage Change Y/Y (GAAP)	18%	23%	24%	24%
Constant Currency Impact	$619	$326	$356	$0.05
Percentage Change Y/Y Constant Currency	17%	22%	22%	22%

($ in millions, except per share amounts)	Revenue	Operating Income	Net Income	Diluted Earnings per Share
	Twelve Months Ended June 30,
2024 As Reported (GAAP)	$245,122	$109,433	$88,136	$11.80
2025 As Reported (GAAP)	$281,724	$128,528	$101,832	$13.64
Percentage Change Y/Y (GAAP)	15%	17%	16%	16%
Constant Currency Impact	$(485)	$(351)	$56	$0.01
Percentage Change Y/Y Constant Currency	15%	18%	15%	16%

Segment Revenue Constant Currency Reconciliation

	Three Months Ended June 30,
($ in millions)	Productivity and Business Processes	Intelligent Cloud	More Personal Computing
2024 As Reported (GAAP)	$28,627	$23,785	$12,315
2025 As Reported (GAAP)	$33,112	$29,878	$13,451
Percentage Change Y/Y (GAAP)	16%	26%	9%
Constant Currency Impact	$368	$184	$67
Percentage Change Y/Y Constant Currency	14%	25%	9%

We have recast certain prior period amounts to conform to the way we internally manage and monitor our business.

Selected Product and Service Revenue Constant Currency Reconciliation

	Three Months Ended June 30, 2025
	Percentage Change Y/Y (GAAP)	Constant Currency Impact	Percentage Change Y/Y Constant Currency
Microsoft Cloud	27%	(2)%	25%
Microsoft 365 Commercial products and cloud services	16%	(1)%	15%
Microsoft 365 Commercial cloud	18%	(2)%	16%
Microsoft 365 Consumer products and cloud services	21%	0%	21%
Microsoft 365 Consumer cloud	20%	0%	20%
LinkedIn	9%	(1)%	8%
Dynamics products and cloud services	18%	(1)%	17%
Dynamics 365	23%	(2)%	21%
Server products and cloud services	27%	0%	27%
Azure and other cloud services	39%	0%	39%
Windows OEM and Devices	3%	0%	3%
Xbox content and services	13%	(1)%	12%
Search and news advertising excluding traffic acquisition costs	21%	(1)%	20%

About Microsoft

Microsoft (Nasdaq “MSFT” @microsoft) creates platforms and tools powered by AI to deliver innovative solutions that meet the evolving needs of our customers. The technology company is committed to making AI available broadly and doing so responsibly, with a mission to empower every person and every organization on the planet to achieve more.

Forward-Looking Statements

Statements in this release that are “forward-looking statements” are based on current expectations and assumptions that are subject to risks and uncertainties. Actual results could differ materially because of factors such as:

· intense competition in all of our markets that could adversely affect our results of operations;

· focus on cloud-based and AI services presenting execution and competitive risks;

· significant investments in products and services that may not achieve expected returns;

· acquisitions, joint ventures, and strategic alliances that could have an adverse effect on our business;

· cyberattacks and security vulnerabilities that could lead to reduced revenue, increased costs, liability claims, or harm to our reputation or competitive position;

· disclosure and misuse of personal data that could cause liability and harm to our reputation;

· the possibility that we may not be able to protect information in our products and services from use by others;

· abuse of our advertising, professional, marketplace, or gaming platforms that may harm our reputation or user engagement;

· products and services, how they are used by customers, and how third-party products and services interact with them, presenting security, privacy, and execution risks;

· issues about the use of AI in our offerings that may result in reputational or competitive harm, or liability;

· excessive outages, data losses, and disruptions of our online services if we fail to maintain an adequate operations infrastructure;

· supply or quality problems;

· potential consequences of new, existing, and evolving legal and regulatory requirements;

· claims against us that could result in adverse outcomes in legal disputes;

· uncertainties relating to our business with government customers;

· additional tax liabilities;

· an inability to protect and utilize our intellectual property may harm our business and operating results;

· claims that Microsoft has infringed the intellectual property rights of others;

· damage to our reputation or our brands that may harm our business and results of operations;

· adverse economic or market conditions that could harm our business;

· catastrophic events or geopolitical conditions, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, that could disrupt our business;

· exposure to increased economic and operational uncertainties from operating a global business, including the effects of foreign currency exchange; and

· the dependence of our business on our ability to attract and retain talented employees.

For more information about risks and uncertainties associated with Microsoft’s business, please refer to the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Risk Factors” sections of Microsoft’s SEC filings, including, but not limited to, its annual report on Form 10-K and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, copies of which may be obtained by contacting Microsoft’s Investor Relations department at (800) 285-7772 or at Microsoft’s Investor Relations website at http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/investor.

All information in this release is as of June 30, 2025. The company undertakes no duty to update any forward-looking statement to conform the statement to actual results or changes in the company’s expectations.

For more information, press only:

Microsoft Media Relations, WE Communications for Microsoft, (425) 638-7777, rrt@we-worldwide.com

For more information, financial analysts and investors only:

Jonathan Neilson, Vice President, Investor Relations, (425) 706-4400

Note to editors: For more information, news and perspectives from Microsoft, please visit the Microsoft News Center at http://www.microsoft.com/news. Web links, telephone numbers, and titles were correct at time of publication, but may since have changed. Shareholder and financial information, as well as today’s 2:30 p.m. Pacific time conference call with investors and analysts, is available at http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/investor.

**MICROSOFT CORPORATION**

INCOME STATEMENTS

(In millions, except per share amounts) (Unaudited)
	Three Months Ended June 30,		Twelve Months Ended June 30,
	Three Months Ended June 30,		Twelve Months Ended June 30,
	2025	2024	2025	2024
Revenue:
Product	$17,136	$13,217	$63,946	$64,773
Service and other	59,305	51,510	217,778	180,349
Total revenue	76,441	64,727	281,724	245,122
Cost of revenue:
Product	3,314	1,438	13,501	15,272
Service and other	20,700	18,246	74,330	58,842
Total cost of revenue	24,014	19,684	87,831	74,114
Gross margin	52,427	45,043	193,893	171,008
Research and development	8,829	8,056	32,488	29,510
Sales and marketing	7,285	6,816	25,654	24,456
General and administrative	1,990	2,246	7,223	7,609
Operating income	34,323	27,925	128,528	109,433
Other expense, net	(1,707)	(675)	(4,901)	(1,646)
Income before income taxes	32,616	27,250	123,627	107,787
Provision for income taxes	5,383	5,214	21,795	19,651
Net income	$27,233	$22,036	$101,832	$88,136
Earnings per share:
Basic	$3.66	$2.96	$13.70	$11.86
Diluted	$3.65	$2.95	$13.64	$11.80
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic	7,432	7,433	7,433	7,431
Diluted	7,461	7,472	7,465	7,469

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME STATEMENTS

(In millions) (Unaudited)
	Three Months Ended June 30,		Twelve Months Ended June 30,
	Three Months Ended June 30,		Twelve Months Ended June 30,
	2025	2024	2025	2024
Net income	$27,233	$22,036	$101,832	$88,136
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Net change related to derivatives	(9)	(4)	(5)	24
Net change related to investments	444	88	1,574	957
Translation adjustments and other	1,051	(239)	674	(228)
Other comprehensive income (loss)	1,486	(155)	2,243	753
Comprehensive income	$28,719	$21,881	$104,075	$88,889

BALANCE SHEETS

(In millions) (Unaudited)
	June 30, 2025	June 30, 2024
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$30,242	$18,315
Short-term investments	64,323	57,228
Total cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments	94,565	75,543
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $944 and $830	69,905	56,924
Inventories	938	1,246
Other current assets	25,723	26,021
Total current assets	191,131	159,734
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $93,653 and $76,421	204,966	135,591
Operating lease right-of-use assets	24,823	18,961
Equity and other investments	15,405	14,600
Goodwill	119,509	119,220
Intangible assets, net	22,604	27,597
Other long-term assets	40,565	36,460
Total assets	$619,003	$512,163
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$27,724	$21,996
Short-term debt	0	6,693
Current portion of long-term debt	2,999	2,249
Accrued compensation	13,709	12,564
Short-term income taxes	7,211	5,017
Short-term unearned revenue	64,555	57,582
Other current liabilities	25,020	19,185
Total current liabilities	141,218	125,286
Long-term debt	40,152	42,688
Long-term income taxes	25,986	27,931
Long-term unearned revenue	2,710	2,602
Deferred income taxes	2,835	2,618
Operating lease liabilities	17,437	15,497
Other long-term liabilities	45,186	27,064
Total liabilities	275,524	243,686
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity:
Common stock and paid-in capital – shares authorized 24,000; outstanding 7,434 and 7,434	109,095	100,923
Retained earnings	237,731	173,144
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(3,347)	(5,590)
Total stockholders’ equity	343,479	268,477
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$619,003	$512,163

CASH FLOWS STATEMENTS

(In millions) (Unaudited)
	Three Months Ended June 30,		Twelve Months Ended June 30,
	Three Months Ended June 30,		Twelve Months Ended June 30,
	2025	2024	2025	2024
Operations
Net income	$27,233	$22,036	$101,832	$88,136
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operations:
Depreciation, amortization, and other	11,203	6,380	34,153	22,287
Stock-based compensation expense	3,073	2,696	11,974	10,734
Net recognized losses on investments and derivatives	56	44	609	305
Deferred income taxes	(2,221)	(1,145)	(7,056)	(4,738)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable	(16,179)	(13,246)	(10,581)	(7,191)
Inventories	(81)	55	309	1,284
Other current assets	(3,686)	(2,528)	(3,044)	(1,648)
Other long-term assets	418	(1,240)	(2,950)	(6,817)
Accounts payable	(652)	4,204	569	3,545
Unearned revenue	18,361	15,657	5,438	5,348
Income taxes	1,043	(806)	(38)	1,687
Other current liabilities	5,346	4,652	5,922	4,867
Other long-term liabilities	(1,267)	436	(975)	749
Net cash from operations	42,647	37,195	136,162	118,548
Financing
Proceeds from issuance (repayments) of debt, maturities of 90 days or less, net	0	(1,142)	(5,746)	5,250
Proceeds from issuance of debt	0	197	0	24,395
Repayments of debt	0	(13,065)	(3,216)	(29,070)
Common stock issued	548	534	2,056	2,002
Common stock repurchased	(4,546)	(4,210)	(18,420)	(17,254)
Common stock cash dividends paid	(6,169)	(5,574)	(24,082)	(21,771)
Other, net	(677)	(303)	(2,291)	(1,309)
Net cash used in financing	(10,844)	(23,563)	(51,699)	(37,757)
Investing
Additions to property and equipment	(17,079)	(13,873)	(64,551)	(44,477)
Acquisition of companies, net of cash acquired and divestitures, and purchases of intangible and other assets	(1,743)	(1,342)	(5,978)	(69,132)
Purchases of investments	(21,631)	(2,831)	(29,775)	(17,732)
Maturities of investments	4,618	1,557	16,079	24,775
Sales of investments	2,621	2,023	9,309	10,894
Other, net	2,642	(382)	2,317	(1,298)
Net cash used in investing	(30,572)	(14,848)	(72,599)	(96,970)
Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents	183	(103)	63	(210)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	1,414	(1,319)	11,927	(16,389)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period	28,828	19,634	18,315	34,704
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	$30,242	$18,315	$30,242	$18,315

SEGMENT REVENUE AND OPERATING INCOME

(In millions) (Unaudited)
	Three Months Ended June 30,		Twelve Months Ended June 30,
	Three Months Ended June 30,		Twelve Months Ended June 30,
	2025	2024	2025	2024
Revenue
Productivity and Business Processes	$33,112	$28,627	$120,810	$106,820
Intelligent Cloud	29,878	23,785	106,265	87,464
More Personal Computing	13,451	12,315	54,649	50,838
Total	$76,441	$64,727	$281,724	$245,122
Operating Income
Productivity and Business Processes	$18,993	$15,706	$69,773	$59,661
Intelligent Cloud	12,140	9,835	44,589	37,813
More Personal Computing	3,190	2,384	14,166	11,959
Total	$34,323	$27,925	$128,528	$109,433

We have recast certain prior period amounts to conform to the way we internally manage and monitor our business.

MIL OSI Global Banks –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI Banking: Oil and Natural Gas Trades Support Bipartisan SPEED Act for Permitting Reform

Source: Independent Petroleum Association of America

Headline: Oil and Natural Gas Trades Support Bipartisan SPEED Act for Permitting Reform

Jul 30, 2025 Oil and Natural Gas Trades Support Bipartisan SPEED Act for Permitting Reform

WASHINGTON — A group of eight oil and natural gas trade associations today highlighted their strong support for the bipartisan “Standardized Permitting and Expediting Development Act” (SPEED Act). In a letter, the group wrote that the bill introduced by House Natural Resources Committee Chairman Bruce Westerman (R-Ark.) and Rep. Jared Golden (D-Maine) “makes many significant changes that would positively impact our members’ ability to produce energy in America.”

The coalition is comprised of the Independent Petroleum Association of America, Energy Workforce & Technology Council, Gulf Energy Alliance, International Association of Drilling Contractors, National Ocean Industries Association, Texas Alliance of Energy Producers, U.S. Oil & Gas Association, and Western Energy Alliance. Combined, these groups represent over 80 percent of domestic oil and natural gas production in the United States.

The group’s letter details how the scope of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) requirements and applications have grown since its enactment 50 years ago and the courts, Presidential directives, and agencies’ implementation of NEPA regulations have made NEPA unworkable and far more complicated than its original intent. The federal government’s “paper chase” hinders efforts to find innovative solutions to protect the environment, unlock investment and create jobs. The SPEED Act addresses many of the most pressing issues surrounding NEPA delays and will provide durable solutions to help expedite much needed infrastructure projects across the country.

Earlier in July the coalition called on lawmakers in the U.S. House of Representatives to “take swift action on permitting reform.” In a letter to Chairman Westerman ahead of an oversight hearing held by the Natural Resources Committee.

The following are statements from members of the coalition on support for the SPEED Act:

Dan Naatz, COO and EVP of the Independent Petroleum Association of America: “American energy producers appreciate Chairman Westerman and Congressman Golden’s efforts to address delays the NEPA process has brought to building out much-needed energy infrastructure. The Independent Petroleum Association of America supports the SPEED Act – the legislation’s reforms to our nation’s permitting system provide a balanced effort of environmental stewardship and the timely decision making needed for economic investment.”
Tim Tarpley, president of Energy Workforce & Technology Council: “The SPEED Act is a win for American energy and infrastructure. By cutting red tape, reducing frivolous lawsuits, and restoring common sense to NEPA, this bill ensures projects get built on time and on budget. Steps taken by the SPEED Act are especially critical for the energy services sector, where permitting delays stall job creation, investment, and innovation. Energy Workforce & Technology Council supports this legislation because it delivers the certainty needed to power our economy and keep America competitive.”
Erik Milito, president of the National Ocean Industries Association: “We commend Representatives Westerman and Golden for their bipartisan leadership on the SPEED Act, a timely and serious step toward modernizing America’s permitting system. Offshore energy companies are ready to invest and innovate across oil and gas, wind, carbon capture, deep sea mining, and emerging technologies. But outdated, unpredictable permitting continues to delay progress and deter investment, especially in one of the most complex regulatory environments in the world. The SPEED Act lays a strong foundation for reform, recognizing that energy development and environmental stewardship go hand in hand. We look forward to working with Congress to strengthen the bill and deliver the reliable, durable permitting system our energy future requires.”
Karr Ingham, Economist, president, Texas Alliance of Energy Producers: “The Alliance applauds Chairman Westerman’s leadership in this bipartisan effort to reduce barriers to energy production. The need is especially acute in Texas, where access to markets for Texas and U.S.-produced crude oil and natural gas is critical and has long been hampered by abuses in the permitting process. Additional pipeline and export capacity, including new LNG export facilities, is required to support the extraordinary growth in production accomplished by the U.S. domestic oil and gas industry. Furthermore, moving products to domestic and global markets more quickly meets growing energy needs at home and abroad, meets those needs in much cleaner fashion compared to non-U.S. production, and reduces the need to flare natural gas. Enactment of the SPEED Act will go a very long way toward enhancing development of cost effective projects that will expand delivery of high quality energy in Texas, the US, and around the world.”
Tim Stewart, president of the U.S. Oil & Gas Association: “It’s not a lack of interest or capital, knowhow or need holding American industry back, it is an artificial legal and regulatory morass which has been built up over decades. Federal agencies now prioritize process over outcome. The SPEED Act cuts through all that. If America wants to start building things again, we need to do this.”
Melissa Simpson, president of Western Energy Alliance: “The Alliance has been in court for a decade now defending oil and natural gas producers targeted by activist groups who use perceived NEPA deficiencies to halt federal leasing. It shouldn’t take that long to work through what the U.S. Supreme Court unanimously agreed is a procedural requirement, not a roadblock, to inform federal agencies and the public. We appreciate Chairman Westerman for prioritizing reasonable limits to judicial reviews on NEPA and courtroom obstructionism in the SPEED Act.”

The full letter to Chairman Westerman supporting the SPEED Act is available here.

# # #

MIL OSI Global Banks –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI Banking: W&T Offshore to Ring the Closing Bell at the New York Stock Exchange to Commemorate its 20th Anniversary as a Public Company

Source: W & T Offshore Inc

Headline: W&T Offshore to Ring the Closing Bell at the New York Stock Exchange to Commemorate its 20th Anniversary as a Public Company

HOUSTON, July 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — W&T Offshore, Inc. (NYSE: WTI) (the “Company”) today announced that Tracy Krohn, W&T’s Founder, Chairman, CEO and President will ring the closing bell at the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) on Monday, August 4, 2025, to commemorate the Company’s 20^th anniversary as a NYSE-listed company. W&T’s Board of Directors and senior management team will also participate in the ceremony. Live coverage of the event will begin on Monday, August 4, 2025, at 3:55 p.m. ET and will be available for streaming at www.NYSE.com/bell. An archived version of the ceremony will be posted to W&T’s Web site, www.wtoffshore.com, in the “Investors” section on the “Overview” page under “News and Events”.

Tracy Krohn commented, “It is truly an honor to ring the NYSE closing bell in celebration of our 20^th anniversary as a publicly traded company. I want to express my gratitude to each member of our Board of Directors, our management team and all of our dedicated employees across the Company for their invaluable contributions to W&T’s success since its inception. It has been an incredible journey these past 42 years, from our founding in 1983, our IPO in 2005, to now celebrating this milestone occasion. Throughout our history, we have remained committed to responsible energy production and being a staunch and vocal advocate for the offshore Gulf of America sector of the energy industry where we have been primarily focused since we began operations. Looking ahead, I remain excited about W&T’s future as we continue to execute and improve upon our unique and resilient business model.

About W&T Offshore

W&T Offshore, Inc. is an independent oil and natural gas producer with operations offshore in the Gulf of America and has grown through acquisitions, exploration and development. As of March 31, 2025, the Company had working interests in 52 fields in federal and state waters (which include 45 fields in federal waters and seven in state waters). The Company has under lease approximately 634,700 gross acres (496,900 net acres) spanning across the outer continental shelf off the coasts of Louisiana, Texas, Mississippi and Alabama, with approximately 487,200 gross acres on the conventional shelf, approximately 141,900 gross acres in the deepwater and 5,600 gross acres in Alabama state waters. A majority of the Company’s daily production is derived from wells it operates. For more information on W&T, please visit the Company’s website at www.wtoffshore.com.

CONTACTS:	Al Petrie	Sameer Parasnis
	Investor Relations Coordinator	Executive VP and CFO
	investorrelations@wtoffshore.com	sparasnis@wtoffshore.com
	713-297-8024	713-513-8654

Source: W&T Offshore, Inc.

Released July 30, 2025

MIL OSI Global Banks –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Time to pay up: Toughest crackdown on late payments in a generation unveiled in plan to back small businesses

Source: United Kingdom – Government Statements

Press release

Time to pay up: Toughest crackdown on late payments in a generation unveiled in plan to back small businesses

UK Government unveils its Small Business Plan to support SMEs across the country

Government to tackle late payments with the most significant legislative reforms in 25 years – an issue that costs the UK economy £11bn a year and shuts down 38 businesses every day
UK set to have the toughest late payments laws in the G7 as part of reforms to back small businesses and unlock growth as part of the Plan for Change
New £4bn finance boost including 69,000 Start-Up Loans to inspire the next generation of entrepreneurs and small business owners

Small businesses across the UK will benefit from the most comprehensive support package in a generation, as the government launches a bold new plan to give small businesses the tools to thrive and drive economic growth as part of its Plan for Change.

Small and medium sized firms employ 60% of the country’s workforce and generate £2.8 trillion in turnover. However, for too long, the odds have been stacked against small businesses.

From tradespeople and shopkeepers to start-up founders and family-run firms, too many work hard but don’t get the backing they deserve – held back by late payments and not getting the financial backing they need within a wider system that hasn’t worked in their favour.

That’s why the Government is taking serious action to back small businesses and give them the tools they need to grow. This builds on the solid foundation of certainty and stability this government has already delivered—through the trade deals we’ve secured, four interest rate cuts, and a long-term industrial and trade strategy that’s helping businesses plan ahead with confidence.

At the heart of the plan is a the most significant package of reforms in a generation to tackle late payments, with plans to introduce the toughest laws on late payments in the G7.

Late payments are one of the biggest barriers to small business growth —causing cashflow problems that stop firms from scaling up and investing in their future. Every day, hardworking businesses close their doors because they aren’t paid on time.

The new laws are set to give stronger powers to the Small Business Commissioner to empower them to wield fines, worth potentially millions of pounds, against the biggest firms who persistently choose to pay their suppliers late.

The Small Business Commissioner will be given new powers to carry out spot checks and enforce a 30-day invoice verification period to speed up resolutions to disputes. The upcoming legislation will also introduce maximum payment terms of 60 days, reducing to 45 days, giving firms certainty they’ll be paid on time.

Audit committees, under the proposals, will also be legally required to scrutinise payment practices at board level, placing greater pressure on large firms to show they’re treating small suppliers fairly backed by mandatory interest charges for those who pay late.

These changes will also save small businesses valuable time, freeing up hours currently spent chasing overdue invoices so they can focus on growing their business instead. Taken together, this will help ensure businesses are paid on time and end the scourge of late payments which costs the UK economy £11bn per year and closes down 38 UK businesses every day.

Prime Minister Keir Starmer said:

“From builders and electricians to freelance designers and manufacturers—too many hardworking people are being forced to spend precious hours chasing payments instead of doing what they do best – growing their businesses.

“It’s unfair, it’s exhausting, and it’s holding Britain back. So, our message is clear: it’s time to pay up.

“Through our Small Business Plan, we’re not only tackling the scourge of late payments once and for all, but we’re giving small business owners the backing and stability they need for their business to thrive, driving growth across the country through our Plan for Change.”

Business and Trade Secretary Jonathan Reynolds said:  

“This country is home to some of the brightest entrepreneurs and innovative businesses in the world, and we want to unleash their full potential by giving them back time and money to do what they do best – growing our local economies.

“Our Small Business plan – the first in over a decade – is slashing unnecessary admin costs, making it easier for businesses to set up shop and giving SMEs the financial backing they need.

“This is our Plan for Change in action, putting more money in people’s pockets, boosting local communities and ensuring Britain is a great place to do business and thrive.”

Small Business Minister Gareth Thomas said:

“I want the UK to be the best place in the world to start a business, grow and succeed – and that’s why we’ve taken bold steps today. 

“Too many small firms go under each year because they aren’t paid on time – that is completely unacceptable.

“I hear all too often about businesses who just don’t have the cash needed to start up or grow. Today, we’ve announced measures as part of our Plan for Change to tackle all of those issues and beyond. This is the government listening to businesses, working with them, and delivering real change.”

Policy Chair of the Federation of Small Businesses (FSB), Tina McKenzie, said:

“Making sure businesses are paid on time, that our high streets thrive, and creating conditions in which everyone can start and succeed in business are crucial priorities for small businesses, communities and the economy. It’s very welcome that the Prime Minister has today made them his Government’s priorities.

“I’m pleased that FSB and the Government have been able to work in lockstep on the bold and ambitious measures needed to tackle the scourge of late payment through legislation, and other pro-growth, pro-small business measures.

“Today’s plan is an encouraging commitment from the Government to take the side of small businesses in the great growth challenge ahead.”

Charlie Shaw, owner of Flock and Herd butchers in Peckham said:

“We’re proud to pay every supplier on time and once we receive an invoice, so it’s fantastic to see the government put the Small Business Plan into place tackling the big issue of late payments.

“We believe this is a fair and honest way to conduct business. It gives us a clear and current understanding of how our business is performing. Our relationships with our suppliers have been amazing and truly beneficial to all parties.”

As part of the plan, the government is also tackling another major barrier for small businesses – access to finance. Despite the UK’s world-leading financial services sector, many small firms struggle to secure the funding they need to invest, expand, or even survive.

To address this, the Government is launching a new £4 billion wave of financial support aimed at boosting growth and supporting more small businesses to start up and grow. This includes a £1bn boost for new businesses, with 69,000 Start-Up Loans and mentoring support to inspire the next generation of entrepreneurs and small business owners.

The Government is also going further by delivering a new £3 billion boost to the British Business Bank – raising the total guarantee to £5 billion – to help lenders offer more small business loans through the ‘ENABLE programme’. Under the scheme, the BBB provides a government-backed guarantee to help lenders feel safer when lending to smaller or newer businesses, enabling them to offer better loan terms including with lower interest.

These measures aim to break down long-standing barriers that have made it harder for small businesses to access the funding they need to get off the ground by making finance and loans more accessible, affordable, and fair.

Accelerating SME growth by just 1 percentage point per year, could deliver £320bn to the UK economy by 2030. All of these measures announced today back small businesses to the hilt and build on action already taken by this government to create the conditions for businesses to thrive:

Slashing of red tape to boost the hospitality and arts sector through hospitality zones and licensing reforms following the Licensing Taskforce co-chaired with Nick Mackenzie, Greene King CEO
High Street Rental Auctions to fill vacant high street premises
A revamped Board of Trade to get more small firms exporting around the world
The new Business Growth Service to ensure SMEs have access to key support
We’ve set out that we intend to introduce permanently lower business rates multipliers for the hard-hit retail, hospitality and leisure sector.

Notes to editors

Michelle Ovens CBE, Founder, Small Business Britain, said:

“I am thrilled to see the Small Business Plan launched today, putting the nation’s smallest businesses at the heart of Government strategy where it should be. These job creators and economy builders will benefit from a huge boost to funding through the British Business Bank, a boost to skills, support for high streets and a long hoped for legislative backing for getting paid on time. We will not see economic growth without small business growth, so I am eager to get on and help the Government deliver on this agenda – and help small businesses regardless of their background start, grow and thrive.”

Simon Groom, CEO of MagnifyB, said:

“MagnifyB welcomes the UK Government’s action to tackle late payments, which will give small businesses the cash flow stability they need to thrive. Alongside this, there is a clear need to provide micro and small businesses with far more than just a repository of information, including a practical digital toolset to strengthen their operations and improve their chances of long-term success. We hope that the new Small Business Commissioner can be instrumental in bringing together ideas and championing the initiatives needed to make this support a reality.”

Julianne Ponan MBE, Founder of Creative Nature, a small business that exports top 14 Allergen Free Baking Mixes and Snacks to 16 countries, said:

“I’m delighted to see the government’s new SME Strategy recognising the critical role small businesses play both at home and globally. From tackling late payments to simplifying access to growth advice and support, these measures are a lifeline for SMEs like mine who often face disproportionate challenges with limited resources. I’m especially encouraged by the commitment to reduce administrative burdens by 25% and improve access to finance both are major barriers to growth for underrepresented founders, including women and ethnic minority entrepreneurs. The focus on revitalising the high street, digital skills, and exporting support shows that the government is listening to the needs of small businesses.”

The full plan will be published later this morning on Gov.uk We have launched a public consultation to seek views on our proposed legislative measures to ensure companies pay their suppliers quickly and on time. Please go to GOV.UK for details of the proposed measures.
Today’s announcement builds on the foundation of the government putting the public finances on a sustainable path – providing long-term direction, stability, and confidence for small businesses to thrive. This has paid off – interest rates have been cut four times in the last 12 months and in the first three months of 2025, Britain was the fastest growing economy in the G7.
The Government has also extended 40% business rates relief for 250,000 firms until April 2026 protected bills from inflation, and ensured over 700,000 properties pay no rates at all. This is creating a fairer business rates system to protect the high street, support investment, and level the playing field as we intend to introduce permanently lower tax rates for retail, hospitality, and leisure properties from next year.
This has included 865,000 small businesses being protected from the NICs rise because of the Employment Allowance increase to £10500, whilst 700,000 small business properties do not pay business rates at all because of Small Business Rates Relief. Corporation tax has been capped at 25% – the lowest headline rate of Corporate Tax in the G7 – for the duration of parliament.

Published 30 July 2025

MIL OSI United Kingdom –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI Canada: Statement by Prime Minister Carney on Canada’s recognition of a Palestinian state

Source: Government of Canada – Prime Minister

“Canada has long been committed to a two-state solution – an independent, viable, and sovereign Palestinian state living side by side with the State of Israel in peace and security.

For decades, it was hoped that this outcome would be achieved as part of a peace process built around a negotiated settlement between the Israeli government and the Palestinian Authority.

Regrettably, this approach is no longer tenable. Prospects for a two-state solution have been steadily and gravely eroded, including by:

The pervasive threat of Hamas terrorism to Israel and its people, culminating in the heinous terrorist attack of October 7, 2023, and Hamas’ longstanding violent rejection of Israel’s right to exist and a two-state solution.
The accelerated settlement building across the West Bank and East Jerusalem, while settler violence against Palestinians has soared.
Actions such as the E1 Settlement Plan and this month’s vote by the Knesset calling for the annexation of the West Bank.
The ongoing failure by the Israeli government to prevent the rapidly deteriorating humanitarian disaster in Gaza, with impeded access to food and other essential humanitarian supplies.

The deepening suffering of civilians leaves no room for delay in co-ordinated international action to support peace, security, and the dignity of all human life. Preserving a two-state solution means standing with all people who choose peace over violence or terrorism, and honouring their innate desire for the peaceful co-existence of Israeli and Palestinian states as the only roadmap for a secure and prosperous future.

For these reasons, Canada intends to recognize the State of Palestine at the 80th Session of the United Nations General Assembly in September 2025.

This intention is predicated on the Palestinian Authority’s commitment to much-needed reforms, including the commitments by Palestinian Authority President Abbas to fundamentally reform its governance, to hold general elections in 2026 in which Hamas can play no part, and to demilitarize the Palestinian state. Canada will increase its efforts in supporting strong, democratic governance in Palestine and the contributions of its people to a more peaceful and hopeful future.

We reiterate that Hamas must immediately release all hostages taken in the horrific terrorist attack of October 7; that Hamas must disarm; and that Hamas must play no role in the future governance of Palestine. Canada will always steadfastly support Israel’s existence as an independent state in the Middle East living in peace and security. Any path to lasting peace for Israel also requires a viable and stable Palestinian state, and one that recognizes Israel’s inalienable right to security and peace.

Canada has already committed over $340 million in humanitarian aid to address the dire humanitarian situation in Gaza. We are further committing $30 million in new funding to help address the needs of Palestinian civilians, and providing an additional $10 million to support the Palestinian Authority’s role in stabilizing and governing the West Bank. We are working with our allies to deliver immediate assistance to those in dire need.

We will intensify our efforts with our international partners to develop a credible peace plan that establishes governance and security arrangements for Palestine and ensures the delivery of humanitarian aid at the necessary scale to Gaza. Canada will be a constructive partner in building a just, meaningful, and lasting peace in the region, and a future that respects the dignity, security, and aspirations of all Palestinians and Israelis.”

MIL OSI Canada News –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI USA: Senator Collins Advocates for Kay Hagan Tick Act as Bill Unanimously Advances out of Committee

US Senate News:

Source: United States Senator for Maine Susan Collins

Click HERE for a full-resolution image

Click HERE to watch and HERE to download video of Senator Collins’ remarks

Washington, D.C. – Today, the Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions Committee unanimously approved the reauthorization of the bipartisan Kay Hagan Tick Act. The bill now advances to the Senate floor for consideration by the full body. At the hearing, U.S. Senator Susan Collins spoke in support of advancing the reauthorization of her landmark legislation, which she coauthored with Senator Tina Smith (D-MN), that became law in 2019. The Kay Hagan Tick Act strengthened the federal effort to confront the escalating incidence of Lyme disease and other tick-borne illnesses. Confirmed cases of Lyme disease reached a record number in Maine – 3,218 – last year.

Senators Collins and Smith named their bill in honor of former Senator Kay Hagan (D-NC) who passed away on October 28th, 2019, due to complications of the tick-borne disease known as the Powassan virus. Senator Angus King (I-ME) and a bipartisan group of 13 other Senators have cosponsored the legislation.

Senator Collins:

“I authored the original Tick Act in 2019 with Senator Tina Smith. Our bipartisan legislation strengthened federal efforts to confront the escalating incidents of Lyme disease and other vector borne illnesses. Our bill is named after our former colleague, Senator Kay Hagan, who passed away in October 2019 from complications of the deadly tick-borne disease known as the Powassan virus. It is my hope that reauthorizing the Tick Act will help to prevent further tragedies.

“The incidence of tick-borne diseases has exploded in the past 20 years. Maine reached a new Lyme disease record last year with 3218 reported cases. This is more than double the number of cases reported in Maine just five years ago. I’m encouraged that we’ve made progress in the five years since this bill was first introduced, for example, a clinical trial for Lyme disease vaccine for people is underway right now at Maine Health’s Institute for Research. Reauthorizing the Tick Act would allow crucial developments such as the development of a vaccine to continue.

“The Tick Act uses a three-pronged approach to address Lyme and other tick and vector borne diseases. This approach consists of first, implementing HHS’s national strategy to combat vector borne disease. Second, reauthorizing funding for the CDC’s four Centers of Excellence in vector borne disease. And third, reauthorizing grants to state and local health departments to assist them in bolstering their public health infrastructure.

“I want to thank Senator Smith for partnering with me, as well as our 14 bipartisan co-sponsors, including members of this committee, Senators Marshall, Hassan, Hawley, Hickenlooper and Banks. Again, Mr. Chairman, I’m very grateful for your including this on the markup agenda, and I’m delighted that we’re going to report the bill today”

+++

In addition to Senators Collins, Smith, and King, the legislation is cosponsored by Senators Kirsten Gillibrand (D-NY), Amy Klobuchar (D-MN), Josh Hawley (R-MO), Chuck Schumer (D-NY), Jeanne Shaheen (D-NH), Roger Marshall (R-KS), Maggie Hassan (D-NH), Dave McCormick (R-PA), Shelley Moore Capito (R-WV), Jim Banks (R-IN), Peter Welch (D-VT), Richard Blumenthal (D-CT), John Hickenlooper (D-CO).

The complete text of the legislation can be read here.

MIL OSI USA News –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI United Nations: With Gaza smouldering, ministers renew push for two-State solution at UN

Source: United Nations 4

The High-level International Conference for the Peaceful Settlement of the Question of Palestine and the Implementation of the Two-State Solution took place in New York from 28 to 30 July.

The United States and Israel did not participate.

France and Saudi Arabia, co-chairs of the Conference, called on all UN Member States to support a declaration urging collective action to end the war in Gaza and to achieve a just, peaceful and lasting settlement of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict.

The New York Declaration on the Peaceful Settlement of the Question of Palestine and the Implementation of the Two-State Solution outlines political, humanitarian, and security steps to be taken on a timebound and irreversible basis.

The co-chairs urged countries to endorse the declaration by the end of the 79th session of the General Assembly, in early September, should they so wish.

Act before it is too late

In his stark opening remarks on Monday, Secretary-General Guterres stressed that the two-State solution is the only viable path to ending the longstanding conflict and achieving lasting peace in the region, warning that there is no alternative.

“A one-State reality where Palestinians are denied equal rights and forced to live under perpetual occupation and inequality? A one-State reality where Palestinians are expelled from their land? That is not peace. That is not justice. And that is not acceptable,” he said.

He condemned both Hamas’ 7 October 2023 attacks and the scale of Israel’s military response, reiterating his call for an immediate and permanent ceasefire, the unconditional release of hostages, and unfettered humanitarian access.

“This conflict cannot be managed. It must be resolved,” Mr. Guterres concluded. “We must act before it is too late.”

UN Photo/Evan Schneider

Secretary-General António Guterres addresses the high-level conference on the peaceful settlement of the question of Palestine and the implementation of the two-State solution.

Calls for peace

Over the three days, more than 125 speakers took the floor during the general debate, including high-level representatives from across the globe and major regional and international organizations such as the Organization of Islamic Cooperation (OIC) and the International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC).

Delegates underscored the urgency of concrete steps to realise a two-State solution, highlighting the need to empower and reform the Palestinian Authority, reconstruct Gaza and ensure accountability for violations of international law.

France, which co-chaired the Conference, recalled its support for Israel as it joined the community of nations and affirmed that Palestinians deserve the same right to a homeland.

“At a time where the two-State solution is more threatened than ever, France is ready to fully recognise the State of Palestine,” said Jean-Noël Barrot, Minister for Europe and Foreign Affairs. That recognition, he added, would come in September when leaders reconvene for the General Assembly’s 80th session.

Co-chair Saudi Arabia’s Foreign Minister, Faisal bin Farhan al Saud, emphasised the suffering of thousands of civilians in Gaza under bombardment, while Israeli settlements expand in Jerusalem and the West Bank to alter the region’s demographic nature.

“Peace and security do not take place through deprivation of rights or force,” he said, underscoring the need for a genuine and irreversible peace process.

UN Photo/Loey Felipe

Foreign Secretary David Lammy of the United Kingdom addresses the high-level conference.

The United Kingdom’s Foreign Secretary, David Lammy, outlined recent UK actions – including the suspension of arms exports and sanctions on extremist settlers, and restoring of funding to the UN Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees.

“It is with the hand of history on our shoulders that His Majesty’s Government therefore intends to recognise the State of Palestine when the UN General Assembly gathers in September here in New York,” he declared.

“We will do this unless the Israeli Government acts to end the appalling situation in Gaza, ends its military campaign and commits to a long-term sustainable peace based on a two-State solution.”

MIL OSI United Nations News –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI Canada: Remarks by the Minister of Foreign Affairs, Anita Anand at the Ministerial Conference on the Peaceful Settlement of the Question of Palestine and the Implementation of the Two-State Solution

Source: Government of Canada News

July 28, 2025
New York, New York

Check against delivery

Excellencies, distinguished delegates, honoured colleagues.

The Palestinian question is at the heart of any hope for long-term stability in the Middle East.

Despite the complexity of the situation, our collective presence here today reflects strong international support for a negotiated solution.

One that ensures Palestinian self-determination and Israeli security.

And one that charts a path toward lasting regional peace and prosperity.

As article 1 of the UN Declaration of Human Rights states: “All human beings are born free and equal in dignity and rights.”

Canada remains firmly committed to a two-state solution: an independent, viable and sovereign Palestinian state living side by side with Israel in peace and security.

Canada supports the Palestinian people’s right to self-determination.

And we endorse the principle of Palestinian statehood.

We shall continue to discuss with the Palestinian Authority the next steps in our relationship.

A workable Palestinian state needs legitimate, democratic governance that serves all Palestinian people.

Crucially important is the Palestinian Authority’s commitment to undertake the comprehensive reforms necessary to govern Gaza and the West Bank.

To that end, today Canada is pledging an additional $10 million this year to accelerate reform and capacity building for the Palestinian Authority.

Canada’s commitment to a two-state solution is rooted in our desire to see the Palestinian people living with freedom and dignity AND to see Israelis live in peace and security.

In this light, this path is not only the most just course, it is the only sustainable one.

In Gaza, the humanitarian situation is catastrophic.

Multitudes of Palestinians are dying of starvation, being killed trying to access food and water or are in military operations that have resulted in mass casualties. And those who survive are at risk of preventable disease and death.

This is unacceptable.

We condemn the continued detention of hostages held captive by Hamas since 7 October, 2023, and call for their immediate and unconditional release.

Hamas is a terrorist organization, and it must immediately and unconditionally release all hostages.

Hamas can have no role in Gaza’s future governance.

Israel’s right to live in peace and security with its neighbours has long been, and continues to be, a key principle of Canada’s Middle East policy.

I believe this right must be recognized by all partners who are committed to peace.

To this principle must be joined our shared commitment to Palestine’s right to live in peace and security.

Joined by international partners, Canada also recently condemned the ongoing civilian suffering:

We condemn the inhumane killing of civilians, including children.
We condemn the ongoing expansion of settlements and settler violence in the West Bank.
And we condemn the forced displacement of the Palestinians population.

The actions outlined just now are all violations of international humanitarian law.

We urge all partners to continue to support a principled response through non-governmental humanitarian organizations—organizations with proven capacity to deliver humanitarian assistance at scale.

Canada has committed more than $315 million in humanitarian aid to Gaza—making us the third-largest bilateral donor in response to this crisis.

This includes:

Support to the World Food Programme to address critical food assistance needs.
Support to the International Committee of the Red Cross [and] Red Crescent to provide emergency medical care and protection.
Support to UNICEF to deliver urgent nutritional supplies to malnourished children.
And support to other experienced humanitarian partners and NGOs.

Announcement

Today, given the ongoing and urgent need, Canada is announcing an additional $30 million in new money this year for those in Gaza.

This funding will allow more aid to be prepositioned in the region and ready to be delivered at scale as soon as logistically possible.

For this critical aid to reach those in need, humanitarian partners must be granted safe and unhindered access to civilians in Gaza.

But how do we get to a place where recovery and healing can begin?

Canada sees this conference as a reaffirmation of principles—and a call to action.

A lasting political solution requires a permanent ceasefire to begin the hard work of rebuilding institutions, restoring trust and the conditions for a viable two-state solution.

[In this regard, Canada commends the efforts of Qatar, Egypt and the United States in looking to secure a ceasefire.]

No durable solution can emerge without all parties at the table.

Until that time, and after a ceasefire, the Government of Canada will be present with humanitarian aid and will play a leading role in building bridges to more and more aid for Gaza with international partners.

MIL OSI Canada News –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI New Zealand: Economy – RBNZ launches new indicators to track financial inclusion

Source: Reserve Bank of New Zealand

31 July 2025 – The Reserve Bank of New Zealand – Te Pūtea Matua (RBNZ) has created a series of financial inclusion indicators, designed to improve understanding of how well the financial system is serving the diverse needs of our communities and how it evolves over time.

Director of Financial System Assessment, Kerry Watt, says financial inclusion is an important feature of an effective modern financial system.

“When people are excluded from financial services, it can limit their ability to participate in the economy and ultimately their wellbeing. Our indicators are part of our efforts to understand and track how the financial system is serving New Zealanders,” Mr Watt says.

The indicators focus on the ability of individuals and businesses to obtain and access to financial services such as cash services, deposit accounts, and credit.

Key findings from the report include:

97% of adults in Aotearoa New Zealand reported having at least one deposit account. However, access varies by age, income, and ethnicity.

70% of adults have at least one regulated credit product, though this drops to 64% among Māori. Regional disparities are also evident, with Gisborne showing notably lower access relative to its population size than other parts of the country.

Rural residents, particularly those over 60, are less likely to find it easy to deposit cash than urban residents.

Māori-owned businesses received $3.5 billion in lending from the four largest banks, just 2% of total business lending (of $185 billion).

The indicators have been developed based on international approaches and reflect the growing recognition, both globally and domestically, of financial inclusion as a core component of financial system performance.

“Understanding and promoting financial participation is a priority for the Reserve Bank. These indicators build a fuller picture of access, use, and outcomes to support New Zealanders in having reasonable access to financial products and services that meet their needs,” Mr Watt says.

More information

Financial inclusion indicators – Reserve Bank of New Zealand – Te Pūtea Matua: https://govt.us20.list-manage.com/track/click?u=bd316aa7ee4f5679c56377819&id=68a46cf85b&e=f3c68946f8

MIL OSI New Zealand News –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI USA: Ricketts Celebrates Advancing of Historic Housing Bill, Inclusion of Streamlining Rural Housing Act

US Senate News:

Source: United States Senator Pete Ricketts (Nebraska)

WASHINGTON, D.C. – Yesterday, during a Senate Banking Committee hearing, U.S. Senator Pete Ricketts (R-NE) and his committee colleagues unanimously (24-0) passed the bipartisan Renewing Opportunity in the American Dream (ROAD) to Housing Act of 2025. Ricketts celebrated the legislative package’s inclusion of the Streamlining Rural Housing Act that he introduced last week. Ricketts also discussed the importance of meeting rising demand for rural housing.

“Across Nebraska, rural housing has been a huge demand,” said Ricketts. “When I was Governor of Nebraska, our state created a rural workforce housing fund to be able to help communities and developers to be able to create more rural housing stock. At the state level, we made this a simple program and it was very successful. I’ve heard from housing developers in Nebraska that have challenges when they are drawing money from both HUD and USDA Rural Development because of the overlapping authorities. These agencies require separate processes for environmental review and housing inspections. This produces more regulatory costs and bureaucratic red tape, which leads to delays to completion in projects. The Streamlining Rural Housing Act will require the two agencies to enter into a memorandum of understanding to align the different housing standards. This bill is the first step to enhance efficiency and eliminate conflicting requirements that delay approvals so we can build more housing in rural states like Nebraska and across the country.”

Senator Ricketts also co-sponsored the Housing Supply and Innovation Framework Act, Rural Housing Service Reform Act, VA Home Loan Awareness Act, and Veterans Affairs Loan Informed Disclosure (VALID) Act which were included in the ROAD to Housing Act of 2025.

Click here to watch more.

Senator Ricketts’ comments were made during a business meeting of the Committee on Banking.

MIL OSI USA News –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI Submissions: Australia – Average small business tax refund tops $5k: Tax tips and traps for business owners filing their tax return – CBA

Source: Commonwealth Bank of Australia (CBA)

With CommBank data showing most small business tax refunds are processed in the first quarter of a financial year, here are some tax tips for business owners on staying financially fit and scam aware.

Key facts:

New CommBank data shows on average, small business owners received a tax return of around $5,000 for financial year 2024.
The number of refunds processed between July and September in 2024 are 75 per cent higher than the average number processed in the prior three quarters.
Mining contractors, electricians, plumbers, manufacturers, small agribusinesses, and wholesale traders can expect to get the highest tax returns this year.

According to the data, based on funds deposited into small business customer accounts by the Australian Tax Office (ATO), states with the highest average tax refunds are ACT and Queensland ($5,700), followed by Victoria ($5,300), NSW ($4,900) and WA ($4,800).

Interestingly, electricians and plumbing businesses top the list for average tax returns in NSW and TAS, mining contractors unsurprisingly for WA, and education and communication services for VIC, while small agriculture businesses top the average tax return in Queensland.

Mixed emotions as tax time rolls around

Drew Campbell, co-founder of boutique travel company Reveling – Nestled on the Gold Coast, Reveling is redefining luxury travel with a focus on immersive, small-group and private experiences across Australia and Africa. Co-founded by a team of passionate adventurers, the company is powered by a growing collective of guides, hosts, artisans, and creatives who share a love for meaningful connection through travel.

“There’s nothing more rewarding than seeing people connect deeply with nature and community,” said Drew Campbell, co-founder of Reveling.

Since its inception, Reveling has carved out a niche in the high-end travel space, offering curated experiences that blend authenticity with elegance. But behind the scenes of dreamy destinations and bespoke itineraries lies the reality of running a small business – especially during tax time.

“Honestly, it’s a bit of both stress and excitement,” Mr Campbell admits.

“It’s a good checkpoint to assess how we’re tracking and tidy up any loose

MIL OSI – Submitted News –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI Australia: Interview with James Glenday and Emma Rebellato, News Breakfast, ABC

Source: Australian Parliamentary Secretary to the Minister for Industry

James Glenday:

Welcome back to the show. On this Thursday morning, you’re watching News Breakfast. It is always lovely to have your company.

Emma Rebellato:

We’ll get an update on the latest with the global tsunami alerts in just a moment. But first, borrowers will be hoping the latest inflation data will be the confirmation the Reserve Bank needs to cut rates next month.

Treasurer, Jim Chalmers, joins us now from Canberra. Treasurer, thanks for joining us this morning.

Jim Chalmers:

Thanks for having me back on, Emma.

Rebellato:

So homeowners are hoping for a rate cut. Are you worried though that if there is a cut it will encourage more investors into the market, and that will price out people wanting to buy their own home?

Chalmers:

I’m not going to pre‑empt decisions that the Reserve Bank takes independently. I think rate relief is welcome, certainly when interest rates were cut twice already this year, that provided some very, very welcome rate relief for millions of Australians with a mortgage. That’s how we see it, but I don’t want to make predictions or pre‑empt the decisions that the Reserve Bank will take.

What yesterday’s numbers showed when it comes to those inflation numbers is really quite remarkable progress. The progress that Australians have made together over the course of the last 3 years on inflation has been outstanding because we’ve been able to get inflation down at the same time as we deep unemployment low, we’ve got real wages growing again – but it’s never mission accomplished, because the global environment’s uncertain, we’ve got some persistent structural issues in our economy, growth in our economy is soft and people are under pressure. And that’s why the primary goal, the main priority of the first 2 weeks of the parliament sitting has been to roll out more cost‑of‑living help.

Rebellato:

Treasurer, your productivity roundtable is on in just a few weeks. Will you be looking – and we know housing going’s to be on the agenda – will you be looking specifically at property investors. Do you want to change the capital gains tax discount?

Chalmers:

That’s not why we’ve put this Economic Reform Roundtable together. It’s all about making our economy more resilient and more productive, and our budget more sustainable.

I expect and I hope that building more homes is one of the central considerations of the Economic Reform Roundtable. I’ve been working very closely with Minister Clare O’Neil with a number of people who will be at the roundtable and with a whole range of people around the country.

We’ve all got an interest in building more homes sooner; that’s the government’s priority. The primary focus there, I think, at the roundtable will be around how we speed up approvals and get the zoning for housing right, because we desperately need more homes. The Commonwealth government has come to the table with tens of billions of dollars in investment, our political opponents want to cut funding for housing, but overwhelmingly, people want to see where there’s common ground to build more homes, and that will be the focus.

Rebellato:

Treasurer, one of the stories we’re following today is the latest Productivity Commission report on closing the gap. Again, so many targets are showing so little progress, and some are worsening. How would you characterise this? Is this a failure by governments?

Chalmers:

We need to do much better. I think from memory, 10 of the 15 measures, we’ve seen a little bit of progress in the report released overnight, some have gone backwards in worrying ways.

I think every member of the government, and I think many Australians would acknowledge that we need to do better, and the reason why these reports are so important is because they make sure that we keep governments and the community more broadly up to the mark. We need to do better when it comes to closing the cap.

Minister Malarndirri McCarthy is working in her characteristically diligent way with all of the stakeholders, all of the communities to try and turn these numbers around. There has been progress in 10 of the 15, there has been some worrying outcomes in the rest, but overall, we need to do more and we need to do better.

Rebellato:

Treasurer, we know the issue in the Middle East is a big talking point in parliament and in the government at the moment. Is it now inevitable that Australia will recognise a Palestinian state; do you want to see that happen?

Chalmers:

I do, and I think it’s a matter of when, not if Australia recognises a Palestinian state for a long.

Rebellato:

So could we see it before September, before that UN meeting?

Rebellato:

I don’t want to put a timeframe for it, it’s been a long‑standing bipartisan policy that we see a two‑state solution in that part of the Middle East. From my point of view that progress that has been made, that momentum that we’re seeing in the international community is welcome, but it’s also conditional.

There are a number of obstacles still in the way to recognition of a Palestinian state, for example, the treatment, the release of the hostages, making sure that there’s absolutely no role for Hamas. These are the sorts of things that the international community is working through.

That statement that came out yesterday that we signed as Australians via our Foreign Minister Penny Wong is a really important one. It condemns the terrorist act on 7 October, it demands a ceasefire, the release of hostages and access for humanitarian aid; it encourages countries to work towards recognition as a really important part of that two‑state solution, and the reason we want to see a two‑state solution is because Israeli families and Palestinian families need and deserve to be able to raise their kids in peace, and that’s what this is all about.

Rebellato:

Treasurer, let’s stay with issues overseas, and the issue of tariffs. Now, Donald Trump has now said if he’s not negotiated with a country that they’re now looking at between a 15 and 20 per cent tariff. Is that what you’re working towards now; forget about 10 per cent, it’s now looking 15 to 20?

Chalmers:

We haven’t heard differently from the 10 per cent baseline that’s been levied on Australia; obviously we continue to engage with the Americans on this. It’s one of the main issues playing out in the global economy, it’s a major source of uncertainty in the economy, whether it’s what’s been said overnight about India, whether it’s the back and forth between the US and China or the tariffs levied directly on Australia. We’ve got the baseline rate as far as we are aware, and as we understand it, which is 10 per cent.

Rebellato:

So you don’t expect that to move?

Chalmers:

I think it would be a brave person to assume that there won’t be – whether it’s with other countries or – there will always be more announcements about this. These tariff announcements are a moving feast. But our understanding, our expectation is we get the baseline.

We think that the best outcome is zero because these tariffs are an act of economic self‑harm. We see inflation is going up in the US. Earlier in the year they had slowing growth, interest rates on hold again in the US overnight, they’ve got higher interest rates than we do in Australia.

We think these tariffs are bad for the American economy, certainly bad for the global economy. We’re better placed and better prepared than most countries to deal with that, but we won’t be immune. We’ll continue to engage with the Americans on it.

Rebellato:

Treasurer, just to change things up a little bit, this is possibly the hardest question you’ll be asked today, we’ve been talking about theme songs. Do you have a favourite theme song?

Chalmers:

It’s hard to go past the themes – the 2 theme songs in the Rocky movies, or the theme song to that great Eminem movie, 8 Mile. I’m a hip‑hop guy –

Rebellato:

Oh, yeah.

Chalmers:

– as James on the couch knows, but I think the best theme song, now that you put me on the spot, the best theme song I can remember is when Powderfinger, These Days kicks in during that wonderful Australian movie, Two Hands.

I think These Days by Powderfinger came in at number 14 on the week in the Triple J Hottest 100 Australian songs. Like everyone who loves Powderfinger, I think that should have been higher. But that’s an amazing theme song, and that’s an incredible, Two Hands, Heath Ledger, Bryan Brown, Rose, all the great Australian actors and a wonderful Australian theme song too by Powderfinger from Brisbane.

Rebellato:

Treasurer, thank you so much for joining us this morning, we appreciate it.

Chalmers:

Thanks very much.

MIL OSI News –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI Australia: Interview with Natalie Barr and Matt Shirvington, Sunrise, Channel 7

Source: Australian Parliamentary Secretary to the Minister for Industry

Natalie Barr:

For more, we’re joined by Treasurer Jim Chalmers. Good morning to you.

Jim Chalmers:

Morning, Nat.

Barr:

So, when the godfather of AI begins to regret his contribution to the invention, should we be concerned?

Chalmers:

I think there’s a whole range of views about artificial intelligence. I’m optimistic that it will be transformational in a good way in our economy but only if we manage the risks right. And so our government is doing a heap of work, including with Scott Farquhar and others who will be part of our Economic Reform Roundtable, to make sure that we maximise the opportunities of AI at the same time as we manage the risks. The risks can be substantial in our labour market and more broadly as well. We need to manage those. But overwhelmingly, I think AI will be transformational in our economy and in our society, and we need to make it work for us, not against us.

Matt Shirvington:

It’s moving so fast, isn’t it, Treasurer? Let’s talk about that roundtable. You said tech billionaire Scott Farquhar is going to be a part of that. He’s for this. He wants more productivity, more investment to expand AI in Australia. Is that required? Is that what we’re going to do? Are we going to take advantage of the time being now?

Chalmers:

I think there are broadly 3 schools of thought here. There’s a group of people who say, let it rip. There’s a group of people who, I think unrealistically, say that we should kind of turn back the clock and pretend these technological developments aren’t happening. And then there’s a responsible middle path, which is the approach that the government intends to take. And that’s all about making sure that our people are beneficiaries, not victims of these big technological changes. This will be seismic. Artificial intelligence will have a massive impact on our economy and on our society. And it’s up to us as governments and as societies to work out how we make that work for us, not against us. To make people beneficiaries of these changes rather than victims of it.

Barr:

So this is the guy who resigned from Google because he wanted to warn the world about the dangers. Are you confident that our country has the safeguards against the bad parts of AI?

Chalmers:

I’m confident that we can manage the risks, but it won’t be easy. And something that is changing this quickly, the pace of change, the accelerating pace of these technological changes, is a big challenge because we need to catch up and keep up with the way that it’s changing our economy and our society. And we need to make sure that its impact is positive, not negative.

The risks are there, they are substantial. We focus on the risks, for example, in the labour market, but also more broadly, and we need to manage that. Every country in the world is grappling with this challenge. Trying to work out how AI can be a force for good in our economy, making us more productive, making our work easier, augmenting some of the tasks that people do at work. Those are the upsides of AI.

There are potential downsides as well, and that’s why we work so closely with the tech industry and with others – my colleague Tim Ayres and Andrew Charlton and Ed Husic before that. It’s a big focus of the government. It’ll be a big focus of our efforts at the reform roundtable next month as well.

Shirvington:

It’s good to hear, because you just don’t want to miss the boat. Just quickly on inflation figures. You know, you’ve been at the helm, you’ve seen them go down and down and down. Low 2s now, paving the way potentially, for a rate cut next month. What do you think?

Chalmers:

I try not to make predictions about decisions that the independent Reserve Bank will take about interest rates, but I’m really pleased that inflation has come down so substantially. It’s a powerful demonstration of the progress that Australians have made together in the fight against inflation. When we came to office 3 years ago, it was higher than 6 per cent and absolutely galloping. We’ve got it down now into the low 2s. That’s a good thing. But the job’s not finished. It’s not mission accomplished.

We know that people are still under pressure and that’s why the main goal of the parliament the last 2 weeks since it’s returned after the election has been to deliver all kinds of cost‑of‑living relief to help ease some of these pressures. But inflation coming down is a very good thing. The unemployment rate staying relatively low is a very good thing. Real wages are growing as well, but we know there’s always more work to do.

Barr:

Treasurer, thank you very much for your time.

Chalmers:

Appreciate it, guys.

MIL OSI News –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI Australia: South East women stepping up

Source:

Trailblazing women across the south east region are stepping up into roles which have only ever been held by men.

Deputy Chief Officer South East, Trevor Owen, said it was amazing to see dedicated women taking on the challenge of leadership roles.

“These women are bringing fresh perspectives, strength, and dedication to their positions and inspiring the next generation of female leaders in CFA,” he said.

In Golden Beach Paula Grosveld is stepping down as Captain of the brigade after 20 years and will be stepping into the role of Group Officer for Banksia Group.

Her new role will involve supporting the brigades in her group to deliver the best for their communities as well as supporting members to achieve their personal goals within CFA.

“I hope I can bring a real sense of respect, kindness, and commitment to the role so that all the brigades know that if they need anything from the group, we will be there to support them,” she said.

Paula has been involved with CFA for 39 years and throughout that time has held various roles.

Paula is passionate about young people getting involved and hopes she can inspire those coming through the ranks to step up into leadership roles.

“Hopefully I can just carry on from the last few group officers and build on what we already have,” she said.

Golden Beach sits in CFA’s District 10 in East Gippsland and Paula said she is really proud to be from an area that has over 90 group management and brigade management positions filled by women.

“In District 10 we have huge representation of women in Brigade Management Teams and in group management teams,” she said.

‘It is just amazing that the women here put up their hand and they have a crack and it’s awesome to see these women grow and learn alongside them.”

Next door in District 11 Bronwyn “Bronnie” Jonkers from Wairewa brigade is the secretary, treasurer and now the fourth Deputy Group Officer of Orbost Group.

Bronnie is the first female DGO in Orbost Group. Bronnie has been a volunteer for just over five years, starting in Wairewa before moving to Stratford and then back to Wairewa.

Since then, Bronnie has been on a whirlwind of a ride, completing Women’s Challenge Camps, doing lots of training and was elected to the position of 4th Lieutenant at Stratford Brigade along with Fundraising Coordinator role before moving back to Wairewa.

As a mum of three kids Bronnie knows about keeping busy but hopes she can continue to learn and push herself in her new role.

“I have grown to love being able to help as much as I can,” she said.

“I signed up thinking I would just be a firefighter and fight fires but since being in CFA I have just continued to grow.”

She encourages all girls and women to think about getting involved in CFA.

“It is a great community to get involved in and you make a lot of new friends, all the women are supportive and you will be really supported in pushing yourself,” she said.

CFA’s District 8 is getting two new lieutenants, Alida Goodchild at Tyabb and Claire Maloney at Carrum Downs.

Stepping into the role of fourth lieutenant for the Tyabb brigade is an exciting new step for Alida Goodchild.

“There has never been a female lieutenant at Tyabb,” she said.

Alida said she is proud to be stepping into this role and hopes she can bring her strengths to the forefront.

“There are more women in the brigade than we have ever had,” she said

“I really want to lead by example and show that they too can enter these roles and step up in the brigade to take on leadership roles.”

In her role as fourth lieutenant Alida will be supporting the brigades mental health program, helping with fundraising and social events like brigade dinners, hydrant maintenance, and social media.

“They really tailor the portfolios to what you are good at and they move around depending on who is in the role so you can really thrive in your areas,” she said.

Claire Maloney is not only the first female lieutenant in the Carrum Downs brigade but she is the first fifth lieutenant the brigade has ever had.

On top of this she is stepping into the role of protective equipment manager, which is also a first for the brigade as they prepare to welcome a new breathing apparatus (BA) truck to their brigade.

“It’s fun to be at the decision table with the brigade management team and get a peek behind the curtain.”

Claire said over the years she has been involved with CFA, the desire to take on more challenges and leadership has developed.

“I don’t think I started off with that in mind but it has definitely grown on me,” she said.

The confidence Claire gets to take on leadership roles she attributes to developing and running a confidence course for crew trainers.

“I definitely learned lots through that and it helped me to get the confidence to step up into other roles.”

Paula Grosveld
Claire Maloney
Bronwyn Jonkers
Alida Goodchild

MIL OSI News –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI USA: Schatz-Collins Bipartisan Legislation To Reform Disaster Recovery Passes Key Committee

US Senate News:

Source: United States Senator for Hawaii Brian Schatz

WASHINGTON – The Senate Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs yesterday unanimously voted to advance a bipartisan housing package which included the Reforming Disaster Recovery Act. The provision, authored by U.S. Senators Brian Schatz (D-Hawai‘i) and Susan Collins (R-Maine), would help communities recover from major disasters.

“Right now, each time a disaster happens, communities in crisis are forced to wait for Congress to pass a disaster funding bill before HUD can help. Our provision changes the law so they no longer have to wait. As soon as a disaster strikes, HUD will be able to help communities begin the process of recovery,” said Senator Schatz.

“With natural disasters increasing in frequency and intensity—as we saw earlier this month with the devastating floods in Texas—it is critical that states have the necessary resources to respond in order to protect public safety, property, and our economy,” said Senator Collins. “Our bipartisan legislation would allow communities to immediately focus on helping families and local businesses recover instead of waiting on the federal bureaucracy in the wake of a natural disaster.”

The Schatz-Collins measure addresses long-standing recommendations from the HUD Office of the Inspector General and Government Accountability Office to establish a permanent and predictable funding process. The bill accelerates assistance to disaster-impacted communities by:

Creating a disaster recovery fund to allow HUD to predictably assist communities;
Authorizing HUD to issue regulations to codify program requirements and reduce unnecessary red tape, delays, and unpredictability that stems from the current process;
Supporting resilience as a part of – rather than separate from – disaster recovery;
Authorizing “quick release” funds to support grantee capacity right after an event;
Improving federal coordination by establishing an office at HUD devoted to disaster recovery and resilience; and
Reducing unnecessary administrative burdens and interagency requirement conflicts.

The full text of the provision is available here.

MIL OSI USA News –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI Banking: Samsung Electronics Announces Second Quarter 2025 Results

Source: Samsung

Samsung Electronics today reported financial results for the second quarter ended June 30, 2025.

The Company posted KRW 74.6 trillion in consolidated revenue, a decrease of 5.8% compared to the previous quarter. Operating profit decreased to KRW 4.7 trillion.

The Device Solutions (DS) Division reported an increase in revenue on the back of expanded sales of high density, high-performance memory products, but inventory value adjustments in memory and one-off costs related to the impacts of export restrictions related to China in non-memory had an adverse effect on profit. In the Device eXperience (DX) Division, operating profit declined quarter-on-quarter due to a sequential decline in sales volume following the launch of new smartphone models in the first quarter.

Looking ahead to H2, the DS Division plans to proactively meet the growing demand for high-value-added and AI-driven products and continue to strengthen competitiveness in advanced semiconductors. The DX Division will seek to minimize the impact of uncertainties stemming from tariff policies that are likely to persist.

Semiconductors Expected To Proactively Meet Continued AI Demand
The DS Division posted KRW 27.9 trillion in consolidated revenue and KRW 0.4 trillion in operating profit for the second quarter.

In Q2 2025, the Memory Business proactively addressed robust server demand by expanding HBM3E sales and by expanding the proportion of high-density DDR5 products. Also, with the resumption of datacenter projects that were previously delayed, sales of server SSDs increased, helping NAND inventory to decrease significantly. However, earnings were impacted by one-off costs such as inventory value adjustments.

In H2 2025, AI demand is expected to remain robust due to continued investments by major cloud service providers, and therefore server demand for both DRAM and NAND is expected to stay strong.

To align with solid AI-server demand for DRAM, the Memory Business will proactively address the need for high-density products and diversify product offerings through HBM, server LPDDR5x, high-density DDR5, 24Gb GDDR7 and other products. For NAND, the Memory Business plans to increase sales of high-density and high-performance SSDs while accelerating the transition to 8th Generation V-NAND across all applications.

The System LSI Business generated solid revenue from shipments of flagship systems-on-a-chip (SoCs) using the Gate-All-Around (GAA) process, but earnings improvement was limited due to higher costs of developing advanced products.

In H2 2025, the System LSI Business will focus on improving Exynos competitiveness to ensure its adoption in 2026 flagship mobile lineups of a major customer and expanding the sales of ultra-high-resolution and nano-prism sensors.

Despite significant growth in revenue from the first quarter, earnings for the Foundry Business remained weak due to the impact of inventory value adjustments that stemmed from US export restrictions on advanced AI chips to China, as well as a continued low utilization rates at mature nodes.

In H2 2025, the Foundry Business will ramp up mass production of a new mobile SoC with the 2nm GAA process. It also aims to improve factory utilization and profitability through expanded sales to major customers.

SDC To Further Accelerate Leadership By Differentiating and Enhancing Display Technologies
Samsung Display Corporation (SDC) posted KRW 6.4 trillion in consolidated revenue and KRW 0.5 trillion in operating profit for the second quarter.

For the mobile display business, SDC saw a revenue increase based on the response to new smartphones of major customers as well as the expansion of sales in the IT and automotive segments. The large display business experienced continued growth in sales of QD-OLED monitor displays, driven by robust demand in the gaming market.

In H2 2025, the mobile display business expects sales growth from major customers’ new smartphone launches amid ongoing market uncertainties. It also aims to strengthen market leadership with differentiated technologies and the continued expansion of sales beyond smartphone displays. The large display business will seek to maintain a stable supply of TV panels while continuing to accelerate the penetration of QD-OLED monitors by enhancing the product lineup.

MX Grows Revenue and Operating Profit YoY, Will Focus on Flagship Sales and AI Capabilities
The Mobile eXperience (MX) and Networks businesses posted KRW 29.2 trillion in consolidated revenue and KRW 3.1 trillion in operating profit for the second quarter.

In Q2 2025, the MX Business experienced a decrease in smartphone shipments compared to Q1, when new models were released, but both revenue and operating profit grew YoY through robust sales of the Galaxy S25 series, Galaxy A series and Galaxy tablets. The Business also maintained solid double-digit profitability via efficient resource management.

In H2 2025, the MX Business plans to continue a flagship-first approach for smartphone sales focusing on foldables and the Galaxy S25 series — while emphasizing the AI functionality of the Galaxy A series — to increase market share. It will also reinforce the AI capabilities of tablets and wearables and expand the Galaxy ecosystem with the launch of products with new form-factors, including extended reality (XR) and TriFold devices, and contribute to maintaining solid profitability despite market uncertainties and rising bill of materials (BOM) costs.

The Networks Business improved profitability in Q2 2025 by expanding revenue in overseas markets and enhancing cost efficiencies, and in H2 2025, it will focus on achieving revenue targets and regaining competitiveness by securing new orders with optimized costs.

Visual Display Enhances Sales Mix, Targets the Capture of Peak-Season Demand in H2
The Visual Display and Digital Appliances businesses posted KRW 14.1 trillion in consolidated revenue and KRW 0.2 trillion in operating profit in the second quarter.

In Q2 2025, the Visual Display Business improved the sales of premium products, such as Neo QLED and OLED TVs, but earnings declined due to stagnant demand and intensified competition.

In H2 2025, the Business plans to reinforce revenue growth by capturing peak-season demand, based on a strengthened lineup of high-value-added TVs offering superior viewing experiences with enhanced AI features. In addition, the Business will drive solid profitability and growth through its differentiated experiences and services including SmartThings, Samsung Knox, Samsung Art Store and Samsung TV Plus.

MIL OSI Global Banks –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI United Nations: ‘Choose Transformation over Dependency’, With Scaled-Up, Coordinated Investment to Make Food Systems Resilience, Sustainable, Deputy Secretary-General Urges

Source: United Nations 4

Following are UN Deputy Secretary-General Amina Mohammed’s keynote remarks, as prepared for delivery, on food systems transformation in complex settings, in Addis Ababa today:

I am honoured to be here today. I thank our co-hosts Ethiopia and Italy and the World Food Programme (WFP), United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF) and the HDP Nexus Coalition for organizing this important conversation.

And I thank all of you present today for your commitment to putting an end to hunger and transforming our food systems, making these work even in the most dire and complex circumstances.

Communities are trapped around the world in relentless cycles of hardship. Over 37 million children under five will face acute malnutrition this year — almost the entire population of Canada. Of those, nearly 10 million will suffer severe wasting — the deadliest form of undernutrition.

In many countries facing the greatest challenges, courage is on display at all moments. But, we must ensure that the courage is matched with long term solutions that can result in resilience and sustainability. Short-term interventions dominate, with little connection to longer-term development planning are not the solution we are seeking. We must choose transformation over dependency.

We have good examples. Nations are embedding resilience into national strategies. Leaders are refusing to accept hunger as inevitable. Instead, they are combining local, indigenous and traditional knowledge with science to accelerate action towards inclusive and resilient food systems while rebuilding their nations. These Governments are not waiting for permission, they are leading. But, leadership cannot succeed alone, it must be built on a solid foundation rooted in adequate finance, partnership and inclusion.

First, finance. We need finance that multiplies impact, catalytic investments that invest in local capacity, patient capital that waits for transformation, not quick returns. The World Bank has committed to this approach, we must encourage others to follow.

Second, we need coordination that serves people, not bureaucracies. Humanitarian response linked to long-term development. Climate action connected to food security. Competing mandates replaced by shared purpose.

Third, we need to place communities at the centre of our efforts. Women grow 60 per cent of Africa’s food but own less than 20 per cent of the land. Young people are at the vanguard of innovative agriculture but cannot access the financing that supports them. This is especially the case in complex settings where perceived risk is higher and the options fewer.

Yet, investing in the transformation of food systems is especially critical in complex settings where equitable and sustainable food systems do more than feed people — they drive food security, strengthen resilience, enable stability and promote inclusive economic growth.

This transformation must be guided by local innovations and proven strategies, rooted in data and the lived realities of crisis-affected communities.

We have the tools, and we have inspiring examples from countries leading change, many of which we will hear in this room today. What we need now is accelerated action at scale.

Food systems hold the key to sustainable development. Let us use that key to unlock opportunity, stability, and hope for and with those who need it most. And let us not forget that we need to strengthen our multilateral system to make peace and sustainable development a reality for all communities around the world.

MIL OSI United Nations News –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI USA: Cornyn Secures Provisions to Reestablish NADBank Water Infrastructure Fund in Appropriations Bill

US Senate News:

Source: United States Senator for Texas John Cornyn

WASHINGTON – U.S. Senator John Cornyn (R-TX) today celebrated the inclusion of his provisions on the 1944 Water Treaty in the Senate Interior, Environment, and Related Agencies Appropriations Bill for Fiscal Year 2026 to reestablish the North American Development Bank (NADBank)’s Water Infrastructure Fund and require a report on improving water storage and systems:

“The South Texas agriculture community has suffered due to Mexico’s refusal to comply with the Water Treaty, and they deserve relief and solutions,” said Sen. Cornyn. “My provisions to reestablish NADBank’s Water Infrastructure Fund and require a water systems report are an important step in the right direction to make Texas whole, and I’m grateful to the committee for including this critical language in the appropriations bill.”

Background:

Sen. Cornyn has led the charge in Congress to boost Texas’ water supply and ensure Mexico fulfills its treaty obligations to provide annual deliveries of water to South Texas farmers and ranchers. In addition to successfully securing more than $280 million in emergency assistance for Rio Grande Valley farmers and producers affected by the water shortage, he led a request earlier this year to U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio asking for renewed efforts to push Mexico to comply with the 1944 Water Treaty while also securing Secretary Rubio’s commitment to hold Mexico accountable for delays.

Last year, Sen. Cornyn sent a letter to NADBank urging for the restoration of their Water Infrastructure Fund, raised alarms after a Rio Grande sugarcane mill closed due to acute water shortages, cosponsored a resolution supporting diplomacy, and sent a letter to then-U.S. Secretary of State Blinken urging the Department to engage on Mexico’s violation of the intent of the treaty. Senator Cornyn also led a letter to the Chairmen and Ranking Members of the House and Senate Appropriations Subcommittees on State and Foreign Operations urging them to withhold designated funds from Mexico until they enter into an agreement with the U.S. to balance the deficit of the water deliveries, which the House Appropriations Committee included in their funding bill.

Under the Treaty Relating to the Utilization of Waters of the Colorado and Tijuana Rivers and of the Rio Grande, Mexico is obligated to deliver an average of 350,000 acre-feet of water annually over a five-year cycle as its contribution to the Rio Grande’s water supply. However, Mexico has consistently delayed fulfilling its water obligation until the end of the five-year cycle, which hinders South Texas farmers’ ability to plan for and grow crops as well as ranchers’ ability to provide water to livestock. The current cycle ends in October and so far, Mexico has paid less than 700,000 acre-feet of water — less than half of what it owes, according to IBWC data.

MIL OSI USA News –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI United Nations: Governments, Partners Mobilizing School Meals Coalition to Equip Youth with Nutrition, Health, Education They Deserve, Deputy Secretary-General Says at Stocktake Event

Source: United Nations MIL OSI

Following are UN Deputy Secretary-General Amina Mohammed’s remarks, as prepared for delivery, at the UN Food Systems Summit+4 Stocktake (UNFSS+4) School Meals Coalition Featured Event: “Unlocking Sustainable Investments for Home-Grown School Meals”, in Addis Ababa today:

It is truly inspiring to witness how far the School Meals Coalition has come. With over 100 Governments working together to expand and improve these strategic programmes, it is now one of the most successful global mobilizations in recent years.

First, I want to recognize the leadership that has brought us here, especially of the three co-chairs — Brazil, France and Finland — whose early and continued support has been instrumental to the Coalition’s success.

I also want to commend all Governments in the Coalition that are working resolutely to expand and strengthen their school meal programmes and that have achieved clear and measurable progress since the last Stocktake.

Today’s speakers are excellent examples. The progress we witness is being driven by Governments, but they are not walking alone. Partners across the School Meals Coalition are working hand in hand with Governments to deliver on their national commitments.

But, why is there so much momentum behind school meals? Why are so many Governments and partners making this a priority? Because school meals are more than just a plate of food. They are a lever to building more inclusive, sustainable food systems, and to equipping the next generation with the health, nutrition and education they deserve to reach their potential.

To truly pull that lever — to unlock its full power — we must focus on four key priorities.

First: Expand coverage and raise collective ambitions. As we’ve just heard from our distinguished speakers, momentum is building. Next to our Governments on stage, countries like Rwanda, which has achieved near-universal primary school coverage, and Indonesia, which is scaling up at an unprecedented pace, are showing what’s possible.

Now, the Global Alliance Against Hunger and Poverty has joined forces with the School Meals Coalition to rally Governments and development partners behind a bold global target: to reach an additional 150 million children in low- and middle-income countries by 2030, as agreed at the Group of 20 (G20) last year. This means moving from commitment to delivery with the School Meals Coalition and the Global Alliance working with countries ready to lead the way.

Second: Pull the lever — use procurement to transform food systems. Countries continue to harness the potential of school meal programmes to catalyse food systems transformation, including ambitious targets regarding procurement from smallholder farmers, but we must go further by aligning school-meal menus and procurement with nutrition, sustainability and social goals; by using clean cooking solutions in schools; by reducing food loss and waste; and through food, nutrition and climate education in schools.

Third: Integrate school meals into climate finance. When rooted in sustainability, school meals have enormous potential to advance climate mitigation and adaptationm and to promote biodiversity. The thirtieth session of the Conference of the Parties to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (COP30) in Brazil offers us a chance to move school meals from a climate blind spot to a climate solution. Let’s work to ensure these programmes are included in future Nationally Determined Contributions and embedded in climate financing pipelines where they belong.

Fourth: Plug the financing gap. The Sevilla Commitment, adopted a few weeks ago, calls on all of us to close the gap between ambition and means. But, with 35 low- and middle-income countries in high risk of or in debt distress, we must explore innovative financing solutions to ensure an economically stable future for those countries– from health taxes and natural resource revenues to debt swaps and Multilateral Development Bank investments.

We have much to learn from the innovation that has taken place in countries for the last two years since we last met in Rome as reported in the UNFSS+4 Report of the Secretary-General. Let’s make sure we use the momentum of the Sevilla Commitment to attract the finance that is needed.

Let me close with a powerful motto from a dear friend and leading advocate, Ndidi Nwuneli of the ONE Campaign. “Our job is not to scale our work. It’s to scale what works.” This is what we see across the School Meals Coalition: Governments and partners coming together to expand a solution that works.

So, let’s build on the progress we’ve made — and finish what we started in 2021: by 2030, every child receiving a healthy, nutritious meal in school. Let’s feed the future together.

MIL OSI United Nations News –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI Banking: RBA and APRA Update Their Memorandum of Understanding to Strengthen Cooperation to Support Financial Stability

Source: Reserve Bank of Australia

The Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA) and the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA) have today published an updated Memorandum of Understanding (MOU), to further strengthen their cooperation and coordination arrangements in support of financial stability in Australia. The updated MOU sets out the RBA and APRA’s respective roles and responsibilities for contributing to financial stability, as well as arrangements for consultation, liaison and information sharing between the two agencies. The MOU also sets out specific arrangements for coordination between the RBA and APRA in relation to macroprudential policy, liquidity support, payments policy and crisis management.

Both the RBA and APRA have responsibilities in relation to financial stability in Australia, and it is therefore important that they continue to engage closely with one other. The RBA and APRA also cooperate and coordinate with each other and other regulatory agencies on a multilateral basis through the Council of Financial Regulators. The Council of Financial Regulators has today published an updated Charter.

MIL OSI Global Banks –

July 30, 2025

Category: Banking

Jul 30, 2025 Oil and Natural Gas Trades Support Bipartisan SPEED Act for Permitting Reform

Time to pay up: Toughest crackdown on late payments in a generation unveiled in plan to back small businesses

Prime Minister Keir Starmer said:

Business and Trade Secretary Jonathan Reynolds said:

Small Business Minister Gareth Thomas said:

Policy Chair of the Federation of Small Businesses (FSB), Tina McKenzie, said:

Charlie Shaw, owner of Flock and Herd butchers in Peckham said:

Notes to editors

Michelle Ovens CBE, Founder, Small Business Britain, said:

Simon Groom, CEO of MagnifyB, said:

Julianne Ponan MBE, Founder of Creative Nature, a small business that exports top 14 Allergen Free Baking Mixes and Snacks to 16 countries, said:

Share this page

Updates to this page

Act before it is too late

Calls for peace

Announcement

Trailblazing women across the south east region are stepping up into roles which have only ever been held by men.

Business and Trade Secretary Jonathan Reynolds said:  